You are hereProfessional Competence

Professional Competence


Code of Ethics (2006)

Organization: American Society of Interior Designers Visit Organization Page
Source: ASID Code of Ethics & Professional Conduct Visit Source Page
Date Approved: 
August 2006

Disclaimer: Please note the codes in our collection might not necessarily be the most recent versions. Please contact the individual organizations or their websites to verify if a more recent or updated code of ethics is available. CSEP does not hold copyright on any of the codes of ethics in our collection. Any permission to use the codes must be sought from the individual organizations directly.

Code of Ethics

ASID Code of Ethics & Professional Conduct

 

1.0 PREAMBLE

Members of the American Society of Interior Designers are required to conduct their professional practice in a manner that will inspire the respect of clients, suppliers of goods and services to the profession and fellow professional designers, as well as the general public. It is the individual responsibility of every member of ASID to uphold this code and bylaws of the Society.

 

2.0 RESPONSIBILITY TO THE PUBLIC

 

2.1 Members shall comply with all existing laws, regulations and codes governing business procedures and the practice of interior design as established by the state or other jurisdiction in which they practice.

 

2.2 Members shall not seal or sign drawings, specifications or other interior design documents except where the member or the member's firm has prepared, supervised or professionally reviewed and approved such documents, as allowed by applicable laws, rules and regulations.

 

2.3 Members shall at all times consider the health, safety and welfare of the public in spaces they design. Members agree, whenever possible, to notify property managers, landlords, and/or public officials of conditions within a built environment that endanger the health, safety and/or welfare of occupants. If, during the course of a project, a Member becomes aware of an action to be taken by, or on behalf of the Member's client, which in the Member's reasonable opinion is likely to result in a material adverse effect on the health, safety and welfare of persons occupying or using the space, the Member shall refuse to consent to, or participate in that action, and if required by law and/or under circumstances the Member deems reasonably prudent to do so, the Member shall report such action to the governmental agency having jurisdiction over the project.

 

2.4 Members shall not engage in any form of false or misleading advertising or promotional activities.

 

2.5 Members shall neither offer, nor make any payments or gifts to any public official, nor take any other action, with the intent of unduly influencing the official's judgment in connection with an existing or prospective project in which the members are interested.

 

2.6 Members shall not assist or abet improper or illegal conduct of anyone in connection with any project.

 

3.0 RESPONSIBILITY TO THE CLIENT

 

3.1 Members' contracts with clients shall clearly set forth the scope and nature of the projects involved, the services to be performed and the methods of compensation for those services.

 

3.2 Members shall not undertake any professional responsibility unless they are, by training and experience, competent to adequately perform the work required.

 

3.3 Members shall fully disclose to a client all compensation that the member shall receive in connection with the project and shall not accept any form of undisclosed compensation from any person or firm with whom the member deals in connection with the project.

 

3.4 Members shall not divulge any confidential information about the client or the client's project, or utilize photographs of the client's project, without the permission of the client.

 

3.5 Members shall be candid and truthful in all their professional communications.

 

3.6 Members shall act with fiscal responsibility in the best interest of their clients and shall maintain sound business relationships with suppliers, industry and trades.

 

4.0 RESPONSIBILITY TO OTHER INTERIOR DESIGNERS AND COLLEAGUES

 

4.1 Members shall not interfere with the performance of another interior designer's contractual or professional relationship with a client.

 

4.2 Members shall not initiate, or participate in, any discussion or activity which might result in an unjust injury to another interior designer's reputation or business relationships.

 

4.3 Members may, when requested and it does not present a conflict of interest, render a second opinion to a client or serve as an expert witness in a judicial or arbitration proceeding.

 

4.4 Members shall not endorse the application for ASID membership and/or certification, registration or licensing of an individual known to be unqualified with respect to education, training, experience or character, nor shall a member knowingly misrepresent the experience, professional expertise of that individual.

 

4.5 Members shall only take credit for work that has actually been created by that member or the member's firm, and under the member's supervision.

 

4.6 Members should respect the confidentiality of sensitive information obtained in the course of their professional activities.

 

5.0 RESPONSIBILITY TO THE PROFESSION

 

5.1 Members agree to maintain standards of professional and personal conduct that will reflect in a responsible manner on the Society and the profession.

 

5.2 Members shall seek to continually upgrade their professional knowledge and competency with respect to the interior design profession.

 

5.3 Members agree, whenever possible, to encourage and contribute to the sharing of knowledge and information between interior designers and other allied professional disciplines, industry and the public.

 

6.0 RESPONSIBILITY TO THE EMPLOYER

 

6.1 Members leaving an employer's service shall not take drawings, designs, data, reports, notes, client lists or other materials relating to work performed in the employer's service except with permission of the employer.

 

6.2 A member shall not unreasonably withhold permission from departing employees to take copies of material relating to their work while employed at the member's firm, which are not proprietary and confidential in nature.

 

6.3 Members shall not divulge any confidential information obtained during the course of their employment about the client or the client's project or utilize photographs of the project, without the permission of both client and employer.

 

7.0 ENFORCEMENT

 

7.1 The Society shall follow standard procedures for the enforcement of this code as approved by the ASID Board of Directors.

 

7.2 Members having a reasonable belief, based upon substantial information, that another member has acted in violation of this code, shall report such information in accordance with accepted procedures.

 

7.3 Any violation of this code, or any action taken by a member which is detrimental to the Society and the profession as a whole, shall be deemed unprofessional conduct subject to discipline by the ASID Board of Directors.

 

7.4 If the Disciplinary Committee decides the concerned Member did not violate the Society's Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct, it shall dismiss the complaint and at the concerned Member's request, a notice of exoneration from the complaint shall be made public. If the Disciplinary Committee decides that the concerned Member violated one or more provisions of the Society's Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct, it shall discipline the concerned Member by reprimand, censure, suspension or termination of membership. The Disciplinary Committee may, in its discretion, make public its decision and the penalty imposed. The Disciplinary Committee does not impose any other form of penalty. The Disciplinary Committee cannot require payment of any monies or mandate certain action to be taken by the concerned Member.

 

(Adopted by the National Board 8/06)

Code of Ethics (1994)

Organization: American Society of Interior Designers Visit Organization Page
Source: CSEP Library Visit Source Page
Date Approved: 
August 1994

Disclaimer: Please note the codes in our collection might not necessarily be the most recent versions. Please contact the individual organizations or their websites to verify if a more recent or updated code of ethics is available. CSEP does not hold copyright on any of the codes of ethics in our collection. Any permission to use the codes must be sought from the individual organizations directly.

ASID Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct

ASID Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct

1.0 PREAMBLE

Members of the American Society of Interior Designers are required to conduct their professional practice in a manner that will inspire the respect of clients, suppliers of goods and services to the profession, and fellow professional designers, as well as the general public. It is the individual responsibility of every member of the Society to uphold this Code and the Bylaws of the Society.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITY TO THE PUBLIC

2.1 Members shall comply with all existing laws, regulations and codes governing business procedures and the practice of interior design as established by the state or other jurisdiction in which they practice.

2.2 Members shall not seal or sign drawings, specifications, or other interior design documents except where the member or the member's firm has prepared, supervised or professionally reviewed and approved such documents, as allowed by relevant state law.

2.3 Members shall at all times consider the health, safety and welfare of the public in spaces they design. Members agree, whenever possible, to notify property managers, landlords, and/or public officials of conditions within a built environment that endanger the health, safety and/or welfare of occupants.

2.4 Members -,hall not engage in any form of false or misleading advertising or promotional activities and shall not imply through advertising or other means that staff members or employees of their firm are qualified interior designers unless such be tile fact.

2.5 Members shall neither offer, nor make any payments or gifts to any public official, nor take any other action, with the intent of unduly influencing the official's judgment in connection with an existing or prospective project in which the members are interested.

2.6 Members shall not assist or abet improper or illegal conduct of anyone in connection with a project.

3.0 RESPONSIBILITY TO THE CLIENT

3.1 Members' contracts with a client shall clearly set forth the scope and nature of the project involved, the services to be performed and the method of compensation for those services.

3.2 Members may offer professional services to a client for any form of legal compensation.

3.3 Members shall not undertake any professional responsibility unless they are, by training and experience, competent to adequately perform the work required.

3.4 Members shall fully disclose to a client all compensation which the Member shall receive in connection with the project and shall not accept any form of undisclosed compensation from my person or firm with whom the member deals in connection with the project.

3.5 Members shall not divulge any confidential information about the client or the client's project, or utilize photographs or specifications of the project, without the express permission of the client, with an exception for those specifications or drawings over which the designer retains proprietary rights.

3.6 Members shall be candid and truthful in all their professional communications.

3.7 Members shall act with fiscal responsibility in the best interest of their clients and shall maintain sound business suppliers, industry and trades to insure the best service possible to the public.

4.0 RESPONSIBILITY TO OTHER INTERIOR DESIGNERS AND COLLEAGUES

4.1 Members shall not interfere with the performance of another interior designer's contractual or professional relationship with a client.

4.2 Members shall not initiate, or participate in, any discussion or activity which might result in an unjust injury to another interior designer's reputation or business relationships.

4.3 Members may, when requested and it does not present a conflict of interest, render a second opinion to a client, or serve as an expert witness in a judicial or arbitration proceeding.

4.4 Members shall not endorse the application for ASID membership and/or certification, registration or licensing of an individual known to be unqualified with respect to education, training, experience or character, nor shall a Member knowingly misrepresent the experience, professional expertise or moral character of that individual.

4.5 Members shall only take credit for work that has actually been created by that Member or the Member's firm, and under the Member's supervision.

4.6 Members should respect the confidentiality of sensitive information obtained in the course of their professional activities.

5.0 RESPONSIBILITY TO THE PROFESSION

5.1 Members agree to maintain standards of professional and personal conduct that will reflect in a responsible manner oil the Society and the profession.

5.2 Members shall seek to continually upgrade their professional knowledge and competency with respect to the interior design profession.

5.3 Members agree, whenever possible, to encourage and contribute to the sharing of knowledge and information between interior designers and other allied professional disciplines, industry and the public.

6.0 RESPONSIBILITY TO THE EMPLOYER

6.1 Members leaving an employer's service shall not take drawings, designs, data, reports, notes, client lists, or other materials relating to work performed in the employer's service except with permission of the employer.

6.2 A member shall not unreasonably withhold permission from departing employees to take copies of material relating to their work while an employee of the member's firm, which are not proprietary and confidential in nature.

6.3 Members shall not divulge any confidential information obtained during the course of their employment about the client or the client's project or utilize photographs or specifications of the project, without the express permission of both client and employer.

7.0 ENFORCEMENT

7.1 The Society shall follow standard procedures for the enforcement of this Code as approved by the Society's Board of Directors.

7.2 Members having a reasonable belief, based upon substantial information, that another member has acted in violation of this Code, shall report such information in accordance with accepted procedures.

7.3 Any deviation from this Code, or any action taken by a Member which is detrimental to the Society and the profession as a whole shall be deemed unprofessional conduct subject to discipline by the Society's Board of Directors.

PROCEDURES FOR FILING AN ETHICS COMPLAINT
A. Chapter Member vs. Member

ASID's procedures regarding a complaint filed against a member of the ASID are as follows:

1. The individual against whom a complaint is made must currently hold ASID membership.

2. Any complaint alleging misconduct on the part of an ASID member, whether made by a chapter or Society member must be made in writing by the complaining party, and must set forth all specific facts upon which the complaint is based.

3. The letter of complaint must be mailed to ASID's National Headquarters.

4. ASID sends the member in question a copy of the letter of complaint with a cover letter requesting a response within twenty-one days.

5. If the complainant does not think the complaint has been satisfactorily addressed, or if twenty-one days have elapsed without a response by the member charged, the complainant may request a review by the Ethics Committee.

6. The letter of complaint is reviewed by Legal Counsel who determines if the described complaint involves a possible Violation of the Society's Code of Ethics, or might otherwise constitute conduct detrimental to the Society or the profession.

7. If Legal Counsel decides it does not involve a possible Violation, both parties are informed and the matter is closed.

8. If Legal Counsel decides it may constitute a Violation, the Ethics Committee reviews copies of everything submitted by both the complainant and the member

9.The Ethics Committee determines whether or not the complaint involves a possible Violation. Such determination shall be made in writing to ASID headquarters within thirty days of receipt of case materials and should include Committee rationale for their decisions.

10. If they decide it does not involve a possible Violation, both parties are informed and the matter is closed.

11. If they decide it does, a disciplinary hearing before a panel comprised of five (5) members the Society's National Board is scheduled at the time and place of the Board's next meeting

12. Both parties may represent their case by one or any combination of the follow a. written documentation b. in person c. legal counsel

13. The Disciplinary Hearing Panel may take any one of the following actions:

a. dismiss the case

b. reprimand

c. censure

d. suspend membership for a specific period

e. terminate membership

14. Note: The continuation of this procedure is dependent on the complainant's action. No steps will be taken without the complainant's initiation. If the complainant fails to contact ASID within 90 days following a letter from the Society, ASID will close the case and take no further action.

B. Non-member vs. Member

ASID's procedures regarding a complaint filed against a member of the ASID are as follows:

1. The individual against whom a complaint is made must currently hold ASID membership.

2. Any complaint alleging misconduct on the part of an ASID member made by a member of the public must be made in writing by the complaining party, and must set forth all specific facts upon which the complaint is based.

3. The letter of complaint must be mailed to ASID's National Headquarters.

4. The letter of complaint is reviewed by Legal Counsel who determines if the described complaint involves a possible Violation of the Society's Code of Ethics, or might otherwise constitute conduct detrimental to the Society or the profession.

5. If Legal Counsel decides it does not involve a possible Violation, the complainant is informed and the matter is closed.

6. If Legal Counsel decides it may constitute a Violation, ASID sends the member in question a copy of the letter of complaint with a cover letter requesting a response within twenty-one days.

7. The complainant must submit a second complaint letter requesting ASID action after either receipt of a response or twenty-one days have elapsed since member was asked to respond.

8. If the complainant does not think the complaint has been adequately addressed by the member, or twenty-one days have elapsed since the date of the last letter from ASID to the member, the complainant may request a review of the complaint by the Ethics Committee.

9. The Ethics Committee reviews copies of everything submitted by both the complainant and the member.

10. The Ethics Committee determines whether or not the complaint involves a possible Violation. Such determination shall be made in writing to ASID headquarters within thirty days of receipt of case materials and should include the rationale for their decisions.

11. If they decide it does not involve a possible Violation, both parties are informed and the matter is closed.

12. If they decide it does, a disciplinary hearing before a panel comprised of five (5) members of the Society's National Board is scheduled at the time and place of the next meeting of the Board.

13. Both parties may represent their case by one or any combination of the following:

a. written documentation

b. in person

c. legal counsel

14. The Disciplinary Hearing Panel may take any one of the following actions:

a. dismiss the case

b. reprimand

c. censure

d. suspend membership for a specific period

e. terminate membership

15. Note: The continuation of this procedure is dependent on the complainant's action. No steps will be taken without the complainant's initiation. If the complainant fails to contact ASID within 90 days following a letter from the Society, ASID will close the case and take no further action.


CHECKLIST FOR PROFESSIONAL & ETHICAL CONDUCT

The following list was created by the ASID Government & Public Affairs Department to help you evaluate your firm for its strengths and weaknesses in promoting greater client satisfaction a nd clear communication between designers and clients.

Do you have a formal, written customer relations policy, including a process for correcting mistakes and resolving unsettled complaints?

Is this policy clear and understood by your staff and clients?

Do you stress open communication and full disclosure in all client relations including contract language which is clear in project scope, services and method of compensation (Are you clear with your clients on scope of services and means and methods of compensation)?

Do you act with fiscal responsibility in the best interest of your clients (Do you monitor time frames and budgets)?

Do you place health, safety and welfare considerations foremost in design solutions?

Do you honor your clients' confidentiality, obtaining permission for use of photographs and project details?

Do you maintain sound business relationships and clear written and verbal communications with suppliers, industry and trade to ensure quality services (Do you pay your financial commitments in a timely manner and provide written purchase orders)?

Do you follow through on all of your projects and professional commitments

(Do you do systematic review with your clients to verify understanding and approval at each step of the procedure and do you properly close out all projects and contracts)?

Do you advertise and promote your firm accurately, using proper appellations and valid claims about qualification,;?

Have you researched, and are you in compliance with, all applicable laws in the jurisdiction(s) in which you do business?

Do you follow up after installation with post-occupancy evaluations?

Do you continually seek to upgrade your knowledge of the interior design it profession?

Do you use the Professional Practice Manual and the ASID Code of Ethics references for professional and ethical conduct?

Iowa Code of Professional Responsibility for Lawyers (Undated)

Organization: State of Iowa (IA) Visit Organization Page
Source: CSEP Library Visit Source Page
Date Approved: 
Undated

Disclaimer: Please note the codes in our collection might not necessarily be the most recent versions. Please contact the individual organizations or their websites to verify if a more recent or updated code of ethics is available. CSEP does not hold copyright on any of the codes of ethics in our collection. Any permission to use the codes must be sought from the individual organizations directly.

Iowa Code of Professional Responsibility for Lawyers

 

 PREAMBLE AND PRELIMINARY

Preamble

The continued existence of a free and democratic society depends upon recognition of the concept that justice is based upon the rule of law grounded in respect for the dignity of the individual and his capacity through reason for enlightened self-government. Law so grounded makes justice possible, for only through such law does the dignity of the individual attain respect and protection. Without it, individual rights become subject to unrestrained power, respect for law is destroyed, and rational self-government is impossible.

Lawyers, as guardians of the law, play a vital role in the preservation of society. The fulfillment of this role requires an understanding by lawyers of their relationship with and function in our legal system. A consequent obligation of lawyers is to maintain the highest standards of ethical conduct.

In fulfilling his professional responsibilties, a lawyer necessarily assumes various roles that require the performance of many difficult tasks. Not every situation which he may encounter can be foreseen, but fundamental ethical principles are always present to guide him. Within the framework of these principles, a lawyer must with courage and foresight be able and ready to shape the body of the law to the ever-changing relationships of society.

The Code of Professional Responsibility points the way to the aspiring and provides standards by which to judge the transgres. sor. Each lawyer must find within his own conscience the touchstone against which to test the extent to which his actions should rise above minimum standards. But in the last analysis it Is the desire for the respect and confidence of the members of his profession and of the society which he serves that should provide to a lawyer the Incentive for the highest possible degree of ethical conduct. The possible loss of that respect and confidence is the ultimate sanction. So long as its practitioners are guided by these principles, the law will continue to be a noble profession. This Is its greatness and its strength, which permit of no compromise.

Preliminary Statement

In furtherance of the principles stated in the Preamble, the American Bar Association has promulgated this Code of Professional Responsibility, consisting of three separate but Interrelated parts: Canons, Ethical Considerations, and Disciplinary Rules. The Code is designed to be adopted by appropriate agencies both as an inspirational guide to the members of the profession and as a basis for disciplinary action when the conduct of a lawyer falls below the required minimum standards stated in the Disciplinary Rules.

Obviously the Canons, Ethical Considerations, and Disciplinary Rules cannot apply to non-lawyers; however, they do define the type of ethical conduct that the public has a right to expect not only of lawyers but also of their non-professional employees and associates in all matters pertaining to professional employment. A lawyer should ultimately be responsible for the conduct of his employees and associates in the course of the professional representation of the client.

The Canons are statements of axiomatic norms, expressing in general terms the standards of professional conduct expected of lawyers in their relationships with the public, with the legal system, and with the legal profession. They embody the general concepts from which the Ethical Consideration and the Disciplinary Rules are derived.

The Ethical Considerations are aspirational in character and represent the objectives toward which every member of the profession should strive. They constitute a body of principles upon which the lawyer can rely for guidance in many specific situations.

The Disciplinary Rules, unlike the Ethical Considerations, are mandatory in character. The Disciplinary Rules state the minimum level of conduct below which no lawyer can fall without being subject to disciplinary action. Within the framework of fair trial, the Disciplinary Rules should be uniformly applied to all lawyers, regardless of the nature of their professional activities. The Code makes no attempt to prescribe either disciplinary procedures or penalties for violation of a Disciplinary Rule, nor does it undertake to define standards for civil liability of lawyers for professional conduct. The severity of judgment against one found guilty of violating a Disciplinary Rule should be determined by the character of the offense and the attendant circumstances. An enforcing agency, in applying the Disciplinary Rules, may find Interpretive guidance in the basic principles embodied In the Canons and in the objectives reflected in the Ethical Considerations.

CANON 1

A Lawyer Should Assist in Maintaining the Integrity and Competence of the Legal Profession

ETHICAL CONSIDERATIONS

EC 1-1 A basic tenet of the professional responsibility of lawyers is that every person in our society should have ready access to the independent professional services of a lawyer of integrity and competence. Maintaining the integrity and improving the competence of the bar to meet the highest standards Is the ethical responsibility of every lawyer.

EC 1-2 The public should be protected from those who are not qualified to be lawyers by reason of a deficiency In education or moral standards or of other relevant factors but who nevertheless seek to practice law. To assure the maintenance of high moral and educational standards of the legal profession, lawyers should affirmatively assist courts and other appropriate bodies in promulgating, enforcing, and improving requirements for admission to the bar. In like manner, the bar has a positive obligation to aid in the continued improvement of all phases of pre-admission and post-admission legal education.

EC 1-3 Before recommending an applicant for admission, a lawyer should satisfy himself that the applicant is of good moral character. Although a lawyer should not become a self-appointed investigator or judge of applicants for admission, he should report to proper officials all unfavorable information he possesses relating to the character or other qualifications of an applicant.

EC 1-4 The Integrity of the profession can be maintained only if conduct of lawyers In violation of the Disciplinary Rules Is brought to the attention of the proper officials. A lawyer should reveal voluntarily to those officials all unprivileged knowledge of conduct of lawyers which he believes clearly to be in violation of the Disciplinary Rules. A lawyer should, upon request, serve on and assist committees and boards having responsibility for the administration of the Disciplinary Rules,

EC 1-5 A lawyer should maintain high standards of professional conduct and should encourage fellow lawyers to do likewise. He should be temperate and dignified, and he should refrain from all illegal and morally reprehensible conduct. Because of his position in society, even minor violations of law by a lawyer may tend to lessen public confidence In the legal profession. Obedience to law exemplifies respect for law. To lawyers especially, respect for the law should be more than a platitude.

EC 1-6 An applicant for admission to the bar or a lawyer may be unqualified, temporarily or permanently, for other than moral and educational reasons, such as mental or emotional instability. Lawyers should be diligent in taking steps to see that during a period of disqualification such person is not granted a license or, if licensed, Is not permitted to practice. In like manner, when the disqualification has terminated, members of the bar should assist such person in being licensed, or, if licensed, in being restored to his full right to practice.

DISCIPLINARY RULES

DR 1.101 Maintaining Integrity and Competence of the Legal Profession.

(A) A lawyer Is subject to discipline if he has made a materially false statement In, or If he has deliberately failed to disclose a material fact requested in connection with, his application for admission to the bar.

(B) A lawyer shall not further the application for admission to the bar of another person known by him to be unqualified in respect to character, education, or other relevant attribute.

DR 1.102 Misconduct.

(A) A lawyer shall not:

(1) Violate a Disciplinary Rule.

(2) Circumvent a Disciplinary Rule through actions of another.

(3) Engage In illegal conduct involving moral turpitude.

(4) Engage In conduct involving dishonesty, fraud, deceit, or misrepresentation.

(5) Engage In conduct that Is prejudi cial to the administration of justice.

(6) Engage in any other conduct that adversely reflects on his fitness to practice law.

DR 1.103 Disclosure of Information to Authorities.

(A) A lawyer possessing unprivileged knowledge of a violation of DR 1-102 shall report such knowledge to a tri bunal or other authority empowered to Investigate or act upon such violation.

(B) A lawyer possessing unprivileged knowledge or evidence concerning an other lawyer or a judge shall reveal fully such knowledge or evidence upon proper request of a tribunal or other authority empowered to Investigate or act upon the conduct of lawyers or judges.

(C) A lawyer possessing unprivileged knowledge or evidence that another lawyer or judge is suffering from such mental or emotional instability as renders him unfit or unable to furnish competent legal services shall report such knowledge to a tribunal or other authority empowered to investigate or act upon the conduct of lawyers or judges.

CANON 2

A Lawyer Should Assist the Legal Profession in Fulfilling Its Duty to Make Legal Counsel Available

ETHICAL CONSIDERATIONS

EC 2-1 The need of members of the public for legal services is met only if they recognize their legal problems, appreciate the importance of seeking assistance, and are able to obtain the services of acceptable legal counsel. Hence, important functions of the legal profession are to educate laymen to recognize their problems, to facilitate the process of intelligent selection of lawyers, and to assist in making legal services fully available.

Recognition of Legal Problems

EC 2-2 The legal profession should assist laymen to recognize legal problems because such problems may not be self-revealing and often are not timely noticed. Therefore, lawyers acting under proper auspices should encourage and participate in educational and public relations programs concerning our legal system with particular reference to legal problems that frequently arise. Such educational programs should be motivated by a desire to benefit the public rather than to obtain publicity or employment for particular lawyers. Examples of permissible activities include preparation of institutional advertisements and professional articles for lay publications and participation in seminars, lectures, and civic programs. But a lawyer who participates in such activities should shun personal publicity.

EC 2-3 Whether a lawyer acts properly in volunteering advice to a layman to seek legal services depends upon the circumstances. The giving of advice that one should take legal action could well be in fulfillment of the duty of the legal profession to assist laymen in recognizing legal problems. The advice is proper only if motivated by a desire to protect one who does not recognize that he may have legal problems or who is ignorant of his legal rights or obligations. Hence, the advice is improper if motivated by a desire to obtain personal benefit, secure personal publicity, or cause litigation to be brought merely to harass or injure another. Obviously, a lawyer should not contact a non-client, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of being retained to represent him for compensation.

EC 2-4 Since motivation is subjective and often difficult to judge, the motives of a lawyer who volunteers advice likely to produce legal controversy may well be suspect if he receives professional employment or other benefits as a result. A lawyer who volunteers advice that one should obtain the services of a lawyer generally should not himself accept employment, compensation, or other benefit in connection with that matter. However, it is not improper for a lawyer to volunteer such advice and render resulting legal services to close friends, relatives, former clients (in regard to matters germane to former employment), and regular clients.

EC 2-5 A lawyer who writes or speaks for the purpose of educating members of the public to recognize their legal problems should carefully refrain from giving or appearing to give a general solution applicable to all apparently similar individual problems, since slight changes in fact situations may require a material variance in the applicable advice; otherwise, the public may be misled and misadvised. Talks and writings by lawyers for laymen should caution them not to attempt to solve individual problems upon the basis of the information contained therein.

Selection of a Lawyer: Generally

EC 2-6 Formerly a potential client usually knew the reputations of local lawyers for competency and integrity and therefore could select a practitioner in whom he had confidence. This traditional selection process worked well because it was initiated by the client and the choice was an informed one.

EC 2-7 Changed conditions, however, have seriously restricted the effectiveness of the traditional selection process. Often the reputations of lawyers are not sufficiently known to enable laymen to make intelligent choices. The law has become increasingly complex and specialized. Few lawyers are willing and competent to deal with every kind of legal matter, and many laymen have difficulty in determining the competence of lawyers to render different types of legal services. The selection of legal counsel Is particularly difficult for transients, persons moving into new areas, persons of limited education or means, and others who have little or no contact with lawyers.

EC 2-8 Selection of a lawyer by a layman often is the result of the advice and recommendation of third parties relatives, friends, acquaintances, business associates, or other lawyers. A layman is best served if the recommendation is disinterested and informed. In order that the recommendation be disinterested, a lawyer should not seek to influence another to recommend his employment. A lawyer should not compensate another person for recommending him, for influencing a prospective client to employ him, or to encourage future recommendations.

Selection of a Lawyer: Professional Notices and Listings

EC 2-9 The traditional ban against advertising by lawyers, which is subject to certain limited exceptions, is rooted in the public interest. Competitive advertising would encourage extravagant, artful, self-laudatory brashness in seeking business and thus could mislead the layman. Furthermore, it would inevitably produce unrealistic expectations in particular cases and bring about distrust of the law and lawyers. Thus, public confidence in our legal system would be impaired by such advertisements of professional services. The attorney-client relationship is personal and unique and should not be established as the result of pressures and deceptions. History has demonstrated that public confidence in the legal system is best preserved by strict, self-imposed controls over, rather than by unlimited, advertising.

EC 2-10 Methods of advertising that are subject to the objections stated above should be and are prohibited. However, the Disciplinary Rules recognize the value of giving assistance in the selection process through forms of advertising that furnish identification of a lawyer while avoiding such objections. For example, a lawyer may be identified in the classified section of the telephone directory, in the office building directory, and on his letterhead and professional card. But at all times the permitted notices should be dignified and accurate.

EC 2-11 The name under which a lawyer conducts his practice may be a factor in the selection process. The use of a trade name or an assumed name could mislead laymen concerning the identity, responsibility, and status of those practicing thereunder. Accordingly, a lawyer in private practice should practice only under his own name, the name of a lawyer employing him, a partnership name composed of the name of one or more of the lawyers practicing in a partnership, or, if permitted by law, in the name of a professional legal corporation, which should be clearly designated as such. For many years some law firms have used a firm name retaining one or more names of deceased or retired partners and such practice is not improper if the firm is a bona fide successor of a firm in which the deceased or retired person was a member, If the use of the name is authorized by law or by contract, and if the public is not misled thereby. However, the name of a partner who withdraws from a firm but continues to practice law should be omitted from the firm name in order to avoid misleading the public.

EC 2-12 A lawyer occupying a judicial, legislative, or public executive or administrative position who has the right to practice law concurrently may allow his name to remain in the name of the firm if he actively continues to practice law as a member thereof. Otherwise, his name should be removed from the firm name, and he should not be identified as a past or present member of the firm; and he should not hold himself out as being a practicing lawyer.

EC 2-13 In order to avoid the possibility of misleading persons with whom he deals, a lawyer should be scrupulous in the representation of his professional status. He should not hold himself out as being a partner or associate of a law firm if he is not one in fact, and thus should not hold himself out as a partner or associate if he only shares offices with another lawyer.

EC 2-14 In some instances a lawyer confines his practice to a particular field of law. In the absence of state controls to insure the existence of special competence, a lawyer should not be permitted to hold himself out as a specialist or as having special training or ability, other than in the historically excepted fields of admiralty, trademark, and patent law.

EC 2-15 The legal profession has developed lawyer referral systems designed to aid individuals who are able to pay fees but need assistance in locating lawyers competent to handle their particular problems. Use of a lawyer referral system enables a layman to avoid an uninformed selection of a lawyer because such a system makes possible the employment of competent lawyers who have indicated an interest in the subject matter involved. Lawyers should support the principle of lawyer referral systems and should encourage the evolution of other ethical plans which aid in the selection of qualified counsel.

EC 2-16 The legal profession cannot remain a viable force in fulfilling its role in our society unless its members receive adequate compensation for services rendered, and reasonable fees should be charged in appropriate cases to clients able to pay them. Nevertheless, persons unable to pay all or a portion of a reasonable fee should be able to obtain necessary legal services, and lawyers should support and participate in ethical activities designed to achieve that objective.

Financial Ability to Employ Counsel: Persons Able to Pay Reasonable Fees

EC 2-17 The determination of a proper fee requires consideration of the interests of

both client and lawyer. A lawyer should not charge more than a reasonable fee, for excessive cost of legal service would deter laymen from utilizing the legal system In protection of their rights. Furthermore, an excessive charge abuses the professional relationship between lawyer and client. On the other hand, adequate compensation is necessary in order to enable the lawyer to serve his client effectively and to preserve the integrity and independence of the profession.

EC 2-18 The determination of the reasonableness of a fee requires consideration of all relevant circumstances, including those stated in the Disciplinary Rules. The fees of a lawyer will vary according to many factors, including the time required, his experience, ability, and reputation, the nature of the employment, the responsibility involved, and the results obtained. Suggested fee schedules and economic reports of state and local bar associations provide some guidance on the subject of reasonable fees. It is a commendable and long-standing tradition of the bar that special consideration is given in the fixing of any fee for services rendered a brother lawyer or a member of his immediate family.

EC 2-19 As soon as feasible after a lawyer has been employed, it is desirable that he reach a clear agreement with his client as to the basis of the fee charges to be made. Such a course will not only prevent later misunderstanding but will also work for good relations between the lawyer and the client. It is usually beneficial to reduce to writing the understanding of the parties regarding the fee, particularly when it is contingent. A lawyer should be mindful that many persons who desire to employ him may have had little or no experience with fee charges of lawyers, and for this reason he should explain fully to such persons the reasons for the particular fee arrangement he proposes.

EC 2-20 Contingent fee arrangements In civil cases have long been commonly accepted in the United States in proceedings to enforce claims. The historical bases of their acceptance are that (1) they often, and in a variety of circumstances, provide the only practical means by which one having a claim against another can economically afford, finance, and obtain the services of a competent lawyer to prosecute his claim, and (2) a successful prosecution of the claim produces a res out of which the fee can be paid. Because of the human relationships involved and the unique character of the proceedings, contingent fee arrangements in domestic relation cases are rarely justified. In administrative agency proceedings contingent fee contracts should be governed by the same consideration as in other civil cases. Public policy properly condemns contingent fee arrangements in criminal cases, largely on the ground that legal services in criminal cases do not produce a res with which to pay the fee.

EC 2-21 A lawyer should not accept compensation or any thing of value incident to his employment or services from one other than his client without the knowledge and consent of his client after full disclosure.

EC 2-22 Without the consent of his client, a lawyer should not associate in a particu. lar matter another lawyer outside his firm. A fee may properly be divided between lawyers properly associated if the division is In proportion to the services performed and the responsibility assumed by each lawyer and if the total fee is reasonable.

EC 2-23 A lawyer should be-zealous in his efforts to avoid controversies over fees with clients and should attempt to resolve amicably any differences on the subject. He should not sue a client for a fee unless necessary to prevent fraud or gross imposition by the client.

Financial Ability to Employ Counsel: Persons Unable to Pay Reasonable Fees

EC 2-24 A layman whose financial ability is not sufficient to permit payment of any fee cannot obtain legal services, other than in cases where a contingent fee is appropriate, unless the services are provided for him. Even a person of moderate means may be unable to pay a reasonable fee which is large because of the complexity, novelty, or difficulty of the problem or similar factors.

EC 2-25 Historically, the need for legal services of those unable to pay reasonable fees has been met in part by lawyers who donated their services or accepted court appointments on behalf of such individuals. The basic responsibility for providing legal services for those unable to pay ultimately rests upon the individual lawyer, and personal involvement in the problems of the disadvantaged can be one of the most rewarding experiences in the life of a lawyer. Every lawyer, regardless of professional prominence or professional workload, should find time to participate in serving the disadvantaged. The rendition of free legal services to those unable to pay reasonable fees continues to be an obligation of each lawyer, but the efforts of individual lawyers are often not enough to meet the need. Thus it has been necessary for the profession to institute additional programs to provide legal services. Accordingly, legal aid offices, lawyer referral services, and other related programs have been developed, and others will be developed, by the profession. Every lawyer should support all proper efforts to meet this need for legal services. Acceptance and Retention of Employment EC 2-26 A lawyer is under no obligation to act as adviser or advocate for every person who may wish to become his client; but In furtherance of the objective of the bar to make legal services fully available, a lawyer should not lightly decline proffered employment. The fulfillment of this objective requires acceptance by a lawyer of his share of tendered employment which may be unattractive both to him and the bar generally.

EC 2-27 History is replete with instances of distinguished and sacrificial services by lawyers who have represented unpopular clients and causes. Regardless of his personal feelings, a lawyer should not decline representation because a client or a cause is unpopular or community reaction is adverse.

EC 2-28 The personal preference of a lawyer to avoid adversary alignment against judges, other lawyers, public officials, or influential members of the community does not justify his rejection of tendered employment.

EC 2-29 When a ' lawyer is appointed by a court or requested by a bar association to undertake representation of a person unable to obtain counsel, whether for financial or other reasons, he should not seek to be excused from undertaking the representation except for compelling reasons. Compelling reasons do not include such factors as the repugnance of the subject matter of the proceeding, the identity or position of a person involved in the case, the belief of the lawyer that the defendant in a criminal proceeding is guilty, or the belief of the lawyer regarding the merits of the civil case.

EC 2-30 Employment should not be ac. cepted by a lawyer when he is unable to render competent service or when he knows or it is obvious that the person seeking to employ him desires to institute or maintain an action merely for the purpose of harassing or maliciously injuring another. Likewise, a lawyer should decline employment if the intensity of his personal feeling, as distinguished from a community attitude, may impair his effective representation of a prospective client. If a lawyer knows a client has previously obtained counsel, he should not accept employment in the matter unless the other counsel approves or withdraws, or the client terminates the prior employment.

EC 2-31 Full availability of legal counsel requires both that persons be able to obtain counsel and that lawyers who undertake representation complete the work involved. Trial counsel for a convicted defendant should continue to represent his client by advising whether to take an appeal and, if the appeal is prosecuted, by representing him through the appeal unless new counsel is substituted or withdrawal is permitted by the appropriate court.

EC 2-32 A decision by a lawyer to withdraw should be made only on the basis of compelling circumstances, and in a matter pending before a tribunal he must comply with the rules of the tribunal regarding withdrawal. A lawyer should not withdraw without considering carefully and endeavoring to minimize the possible adverse effect on the rights of his client and the possibility of prejudice to his client as a result of his withdrawal. Even when he justifiably withdraws, a lawyer should protect the welfare of his client by giving due notice of his withdrawal, suggesting employment of other counsel, delivering to the client all papers and property to which the client is entitled, cooperating with counsel subsequently employed, and otherwise endeavoring to minimize the possibility of harm. Further, he should refund to the client any compensation not earned during the employment.

DISCIPLINARY RULES

DR 2-101 Publicity in General.

(A) A lawyer shall not prepare, cause to be prepared, use, or participate in the use of, any form of public communication that contains professionally self-landatory statements calculated to attract lay clients; as used herein, "public communication" includes, but is not limited to, communication by means of television, radio, motion picture, newspaper, magazine, or book.

(B) A lawyer shall not publicize himself, his partner, or associate as a lawyer through newspaper or magazine advertisements, radio or television announce. ments, display advertisements in city or telephone directories, or other means of commercial publicity, nor shall he authorize or permit others to do so in his behalf except as permitted under DR

2-103. This does not prohibit limited and dignified identification of a lawyer as a lawyer as well as by name:

(1) In political advertisements when his professional status is germane to the political campaign or to a political issue.

(2) In public notices when the name and profession of a lawyer are required or authorized by law or are reasonably pertinent for a purpose other than the attraction of potential clients.

(3) In routine reports and announcements of a bona fide business, civic, professional, or political organization in which he serves as a director or officer.

(4) In and on legal documents prepared by him.

(5) In and on legal textbooks, treatises, and other legal publications, and in dignified advertisements thereof.

(6) As provided In Section 610.24, Code of Iowa.

(C) A lawyer shall not compensate or give any thing of value to representatives of the press, radio, television, or other communication medium in anticipation of or in return for professional publicity in a news item.

DR 2-102 Professional Notices, Letterheads, Offices, and Law Lists.

(A) A lawyer or law firm shall not use professional cards, professional announcement cards, office signs, letterheads, telephone directory listings, law lists, legal directory listings, or similar professional notices or devices, except that the following may be used if they are In dignified form:

(1) A professional card of a lawyer identifying him by name and as a lawyer, and giving his addresses, telephone numbers, the name of his law firm, and any information permitted under DR 2-105. A professional card of a law firm may also give the names of members and associates. Such cards may be used for identification but may not be published in periodicals, magazines, newspapers, or other media.

(2) A brief professional announcement card stating new or changed associations or addresses, change of firm name, or similar matters pertaining to the professional office of a lawyer or law firm, which may be mailed to lawyers, clients, former clients, personal friends, and relatives. It shall not state biographical data except to the extent reasonably necessary to identify the lawyer or to explain the change In his association, but it may state the immediate past position of the lawyer. It may give the names and dates of predecessor firms in a continuing line of succession. It shall not state the nature of the practice except as permitted under DR 2-105.

(3) A sign on or near the door of the office and in the building directory identifying the law office. The sign shall not state the nature of the practice, except as permitted under DR 2-105.

(4) A letterhead of a lawyer identifyIng him by name and as a lawyer, and giving his addresses, telephone numbers, the name of his law firm, associates and any information permitted under DR 2-105. A letterhead of a law firm may also give the names of members and assoclates, and names and dates relating to deceased and retired members. A lawyer may be designated "Of Counsel" on a letterhead if he has a continuing relationship with a lawyer or law firm, other than as a partner or associate. A lawyer or law firm may be designated as "General Counsel" or by similar professional reference on stationery of a client If he or the firm devotes a substantial amount of profession. al time in the representation of that client. The letterhead of a law firm may give the names and dates of predecessor firms in a continuing line of succession.

(5) A listing of the office of a lawyer or law firm In the alphabetical and classified sections of the telephone directory or directories for the geo. graphical area or areas in which the lawyer resides or maintains offices or in which a significant part of his clientele resides and In the city directory of the city in which his or the firm's office is located; but the listing may give only the name of the lawyer or law firm, the fact he is a lawyer, addresses, and telephone numbers. The listing shall not be In distinctive form or type. A law firm may have a list. ing in the firm name separate from that of its members and associates. The listing in the classified section shall not be under a heading or classification other than "Attorneys" or "Lawyers," except that additional headings or classifications descriptive of the types of practice referred to in DR 2.105 are permitted.

(6) A listing in a reputable law list or legal directory giving brief bio. graphical and other informative data. A law fist or directory Is not reputable if Its management or con. tents are likely to be misleading or injurious to the public or to the profession. A law list Is conclu. sively established to be reputable if it is certified by the American Bar Association as being in compliance with its rules and standards. The published data may include only the following: name, Including name of law firm and names of professional associates; addresses and telephone numbers; one or more fields of law in which the lawyer or law firm concentrates; a statement that practice is limited to one or more fields of law; a statement that the lawyer or law firm specializes In a particular field of law or law practice but only if authorized under DR 2-105 (A) (1); date and place of birth; date and place of admission to the bar of state and federal courts; schools attended, with dates of graduation, degrees, and other scholastic distinctions; public or quasi-public offices; military service; posts of honor; legal authorships; legal teaching positions; memberships, offices, committee assignments, and section memberships in bar associations; memberships and offices In legal fraternities and legal societies; technical and professional licenses; memberships in scientific, technical and professional associations and societies; foreign language ability; names and addresses of references, and, with their consent, names of clients regularly represented.

(B) A lawyer in private practice shall not practice under a trade name, a name that is misleading as to the identity of the lawyer or lawyers practicing under such name, or a firm name containing names other than those of one or more of the lawyers in the firm, except that the name of a professional corporation or professional association may contain "P.C." or "P.A." or similar symbols indicating the nature of the organization, and if otherwise lawful a firm may use as, or continue to Include in, its name, the name or names of one or more deceased or retired members of the firm or of a predecessor firm in a continuing line of succession. A lawyer who assumes a judicial, legislative, or public executive or administrative post or office shall not permit his name to remain in the name of a law firm or to be used in professional notices of the firm during any significant period in which he is not actively and regularly practicing law as a member of the firm, and during such period other members of the firm shall not use his name in the firm name or in professional notices of the firm.

(C) A lawyer shall not hold himself out as having a partnership with one or more other lawyers unless they are In fact partners.

(D) A partnership shall not be formed or continued between or among lawyers licensed In different jurisdictions unless all enumerations of the members and associates of the firm on its letterhead and in other permissible listings make clear the jurisdictional limitations on those members and associates of the firm not licensed to practice in all listed jurisdictions; however, the same firm name may be used In each jurisdiction.

(E) A lawyer who is engaged both In the practice of law and another profession or business shall not so indicate on his letterhead, office sign, or professional card, nor shall he identify himself as a lawyer in any publication in connection with his other profession or business.

(F) Nothing contained herein shall prohibit a lawyer from using or permitting the use, in connection with his name in an approved law list, an earned degree or title derived therefrom indicating his training in the law.

DR 2-103 Recommendation of Professional Employment.

(A) A lawyer shall not recommend employment, as a private practitioner, of himself, his partner, or associate to a nonlawyer who has not sought his advice regarding employment of a lawyer.

(B) Except as permitted under DR 2-103 (C), a lawyer shall not compensate or give anything of value to a person or organization to recommend or secure his employment by a client, or as a reward for having made a recommendation resulting in his employment by a client.

(C) A lawyer shall not request a person or organization to recommend employment, as a private practitioner, of himself, his partner, or associate, except that he may request referrals from a lawyer referral service operated, sponsored, or approved by a bar association representative of the general bar of the geographical area in which the association exists and may pay Its fees incident thereto.

(D) Except as specifically permitted by decision of the Supreme Court of the United States, the Supreme Court of Iowa or by statute, a lawyer shall not knowingly assist a person or organization that recommends, furnishes or pays for legal services to promote the use of his services or those of his partners or associates. However, he may cooperate in a dignified manner with the legal service activities of any of the following, provided that his independent professional judgment is exercised in behalf of his client without interference or control by any organization or other person:

(1) A legal aid office or public defender office:

(a) Operated or sponsored by a duly accredited law school.

(b) Operated or sponsored by a bona fide non-profit community organization.

(c) Operated or sponsored by a governmental agency.

(d) Operated, sponsored, or approved by a bar association representative of the general bar of the geographical area in which the association exists.

(2) A military legal assistance office.

(3) A lawyer referral service operated, sponsored, or approved by a bar association representative of the general bar of the geographical area in which the association exists.

(4) A bar association representative of the general bar of the geographical area in which the association exists.

(E) A lawyer shall not accept employment when he knows or it is obvious that the person who seeks his services does so as a result of conduct prohibited under this Disciplinary Rule.

DR 2-104 Suggestion of Need of Legal Services

(A) A lawyer who has given unsolicited advice to a layman that he should obtain counsel or take legal action shall not accept employment resulting from that advice, except that:

(1) A lawyer may accept employment by a close friend, relative, former client (if the advice is germane to the former employment), or one whom the lawyer reasonably believes to be a client.

(2) A lawyer may accept employment that results from his participation in activities designed to educate laymen to recognize legal problems, to make intelligent selection of counsel, or to utilize available legal services if such activities are conducted or sponsored by any of the offices or organizations enumerated in DR 2-103 (D) (1) through (5), to the extent and under the conditions prescribed therein.

(3) A lawyer who is furnished or paid by any of the offices or organizations enumerated in DR 2-103 (D) (1), (2), or (5) may represent a member or beneficiary thereof, to the extent and under the conditions prescribed therein.

(4) Without affecting his right to accept employment, a lawyer may speak publicly or write for publication on legal topics so long as he does not emphasize his own professional experience or reputation and does not undertake to give individual advice.

(5) If success in asserting rights or de. fenses of his client in litigation in the nature of a class action is dependent upon the joinder of others, a lawyer may accept, but shall not seek, employment from those contacted for the purpose of obtaining their joinder.

DR 2-105 Limitation of Practice.

(A) A lawyer shall not hold himself out publicly as a specialist or as limiting his practice, except as permitted under DR 2-102(A) (6) or as follows:

(1) A lawyer admitted to practice be. fore the United States Patent Office may use the designation of "Patents", "Patent Attorney" or "Patent Lawyer" or any combination of those terms in his letterhead and office sign. A lawyer engaged In the trademark practice may use the designation "Trademarks", "Trademark Attorney" or "Trademark Lawyer" or any combination of those terms on his letterhead and office sign, and a lawyer engaged in the admiralty practice may use the designation "Admiralty", "Proc. tor in Admiralty" or "Admiralty Lawyer" or any combination of those terms on his letterhead and office sign.

(2) A lawyer may permit his name to be listed in lawyer referral service offices according to the fields of law in which he will accept referrals.

(3) A lawyer available to act as a con. sultant to or as an associate of other lawyers in a particular branch of law or legal service may distribute to other lawyers and publish in legal journals a dignified announcement of such availability, but the announcement shall not contain a representation of special competence or experience. The announcement shall not be distributed to lawyers more frequently than once in a calendar year, but it may be published periodically in legal journals.

(4) A lawyer who is certified as a specialist in a particular field of law or law practice by the authority hav. ing jurisdiction under state law over the subject of specialization by lawyers may hold himself out as such specialist but only in accordance with the rules prescribed by that authority.

2-106 Fees for Legal Services.

(A)A lawyer shall not enter into an agreement for, charge, or collect an Illegal or clearly excessive fee.

(B)A fee is clearly excessive when, after a review of the facts, a lawyer of ordi. nary prudence would be left with a definite and firm conviction that the fee Is in excess of a reasonable fee. Factors to be considered as guides in determining the reasonableness of a fee include the following:

(1) The time and labor required, the novelty and difficulty of the questions involved, and the skill requisite to perform the legal service properly.

(2) The likelihood, if apparent to the client, that the acceptance of the particular employment will preclude other employment by the lawyer.

(3) The fee customarily charged in the locality for similar legal services.

(4) The amount involved and the results obtained.

The time limitations imposed by the client or by the circumstances. (6) The nature and length of the professional relationship with the client.

(7) The experience, reputation, and ability of the lawyer or lawyers performing the services.

(8) Whether the fee is fixed or contingent.

(C) A lawyer shall not enter into an arrangement for, charge or collect a contingent fee for representing a defendant in a criminal case, or either party in any action involving domestic relations.

DR 2-107 Division of Fees Among Lawyers.

(A) A lawyer shall not divide a fee for legal services with another lawyer who is not a partner in or associate of his law firm or law office, unless: (3)

(1) The client consents to employment of the other lawyer after a fall dis closure that a division of fees will be made. (2) The division is made in proportion to the services performed and re sponsibility assumed by each. (3) The total fee of the lawyers does not clearly exceed reasonable com pensation for all legal services they rendered the client.

(B) This Disciplinary Rule does not prohib. it payment to a former partner or associate pursuant to a separation or retirement agreement.

DR 2-108 Agreements Restricting the Practice of a Lawyer.

(A) A lawyer shall not be a party to or participate in a partnership or employment agreement with another lawyer that restricts the right of a lawyer to practice law after the termination of a relationship created by the agreement, except as a condition to payment of retirement benefits.

(B) In connection with the settlement of a controversy or suit, a lawyer shall not enter into an agreement that restricts his right to practice law.

DR 2-109 Acceptance of Employment.

(A) A lawyer shall not accept employment on behalf of a person If he knows or it is obvious that such person wishes to:

(1) Bring a legal action, conduct a defense, or assert a position in litigatin or otherwise have steps taken for him, merely for the purpose of harassing or maliciously injuring any person.

(2) Present a claim or defense in litigation that Is not warranted under existing law, unless it can be supported by good faith argument for an extension, modification, or reversal of existing law.

DR 2,110 Withdrawal from Employment.

(A) In general.

(1) If permission for withdrawal from employment Is required by the rules of a tribunal, a lawyer shall not withdraw from employment in a proceeding before that tribunal without its permission.

(2) In any event, a lawyer shall not withdraw from employment until he has taken reasonable steps to avoid foreseeable prejudice to the rights of his client, including giving due notice to his client, allowing time for employment of other coun. sel, delivering to the client all pa. pers and property to which the cli. ent Is entitled, and complying with applicable laws and rules.

A lawyer who withdraws from em. ployment shall refund promptly any part of a fee paid In advance that has not been earned.

(B) Mandatory withdrawal.

A lawyer representing a client before a tribunal, with its permission if required by Its rules, shall withdraw from employment, and a lawyer representing a client in other matters shall withdraw from employment, If:

(1) He knows or It is obvious that his client Is bringing the legal action, conducting the defense, or asserting a position In the litigation, or Is otherwise having steps taken for him, merely for the purpose of harassing or maliciously injuring any person.

(2) He knows or it Is obvious that his continued employment will result in violation of a Disciplinary Rule.

(3) His mental or physical condition renders It unreasonably difficult for him to carry out the employment effectively.

(4) He Is discharged by his client.

(C) Permissive withdrawal.

If DR 2-110 (B) is not applicable, a lawyer may not request permission to withdraw In matters pending before a tribunal, and may not withdraw In other matters, unless such request or such withdrawal is because:

(1) His client:

(a) Insists upon presenting a claim or defense that is not warranted under existing law and cannot be supported by good faith argument for an extension, modification, or reversal of existing law.

(b) Personally seeks to pursue an illegal course of conduct.

(c) Insists that the lawyer pursue a course of conduct that is illegal or that Is prohibited under the Disciplinary Rules.

(d) By other conduct renders it unreasonably difficult for the lawyer to carry out his employment effectively.

(f) Deliberately disregards an agreement or obligation to the lawyer as to expenses or fees.

Insists, In a matter not pending before a tribunal, that the lawyer engage In conduct that is contrary to the judgment and advice of the lawyer but not prohibited under the Disciplinary Rules.

CANON 3

(2) His continued employment Is likely to result In a violation of a Disciplinary Rule.

(3) His inability to work with co-counsel indicates that the best Interests of the client likely will be served by withdrawal.

(4) His mental or physical condition renders it difficult for him to carry out the employment effectively.

(5) His client knowingly and freely assents to termination of his employment.

(6) He believes In good faith, In a proceeding pending before a tribunal, that the tribunal will find the existence of other good cause for withdrawal.

A Lawyer Should Assist in Preventing the Unauthorized Practice of Law

ETHICAL CONSIDERATIONS

EC 3-1 The prohibition against the practice of law by a layman is grounded In the need of the public for integrity and competence of those who undertake to render legal services. Because of the fiduciary and personal character of the lawyer-client relationship and the inherently complex nature of our legal system, the public can better be assured of the requisite responsibility and competence if the practice of law is confined to those who are subject to the requirements and regulations imposed upon members of the legal profession.

EC 3-2 The sensitive variations in the considerations that bear on legal determinations often make it difficult even for a lawyer to exercise appropriate professional judgment, and it is therefore essential that the personal nature of the relationship of client and lawyer be preserved. Competent professional judgment is the product of a trained familiarity with law and legal processes, a disciplined, analytical approach to legal problems, and a firm ethical commitment.

EC 3-3 A non-lawyer who undertakes to handle legal matters is not governed as to integrity or legal competence by the same rules that govern the conduct of a lawyer. A lawyer is not only subject to that regulation but also is committed to high standards of ethical conduct. The public Interest is best served in legal matters by a regulated profession committed to such standards. The Disciplinary Rules protect the public in that they prohibit a lawyer from seeking

employment by improper overtures, from acting In cases of divided loyalties, and from submitting to the control of others in the exercise of his judgment. Moreover, a person who entrusts legal matters to a lawyer is protected by the attorney-client privilege and by the duty of the lawyer to hold inviolate the confidences and secrets of his client. EC 3-4 A layman who seeks legal services often is not in a position to judge whether he will receive proper professional attention. The entrustment of a legal matter may well involve the confidences, the reputation, the property, the freedom, or even the life of the client. Proper protection of members of the public demands that no person be permitted to act in the confidential and demanding capacity of a lawyer unless he is subject to the regulations of the legal profession.

EC 3-5 It is neither necessary nor desirable to attempt the formulation of a single, specific definition of what constitutes the practice of law. Functionally, the practice of law relates to the rendition of services for others that call for the professional judgment of a lawyer. The essence of the professional judgment of the lawyer is his educated ability to relate the general body and philosophy of law to a specific legal problem of a client; and thus, the public interest will be better served if only lawyers are permitted to act in matters involving professional judgment. Where this professional judgment is not involved, non-lawyers, such as court clerks, police officers, abstracters, and many governmental employees, may engage in occupations that require a special knowledge of law in certain areas. But the services of a lawyer are essential in the public interest whenever the exercise of professional legal judgment is required.

EC 3-6 A lawyer often delegates tasks to clerks, secretaries, and other lay persons. Such delegation is proper if the lawyer maintains a direct relationship with his client, supervises the delegated work, and has complete professional responsibility for the work product. This delegation enables a lawyer to render legal service more economically and efficiently.

EC 3-7 The prohibition against a non-lawyer practicing law does not prevent a layman from representing himself, for then he is ordinarily exposing only himself to possible Injury. The purpose of the legal profession is to make educated legal representation available to the public; but anyone who does not wish to avail himself of such representation is not required to do so. Even so, the legal profession should help members of the public to recognize legal problems and to understand why it may be unwise for them to act for themselves in matters having legal consequences.

EC 3-8 Since a lawyer should not aid or encourage a layman to practice law, he should not practice law in association with a layman or otherwise share legal fees with a layman. This does not mean, however , that the pecuniary value of the interest of a deceased lawyer in his firm or practice may not be paid to his estate or specified persons such as his widow or heirs. In like manner profit-sharing retirement plans of a lawyer or law firm which include non-lawyer office employees are not improper. These limited exceptions to the rule against sharing legal fees with laymen are permissible since they do not aid or encourage laymen to practice law.

EC 3-9 Regulation of the practice of law Is accomplished principally by the respective states. Authority to engage in the practice of law conferred in any jurisdiction is not per se a grant of the right to practice elsewhere, and it is improper for a lawyer to engage in practice where he is not permitted by law or by court order to do so. However, the demands of business and the mobility of our society pose distinct problems in the regulation of the practice of law by the states. In furtherance of the public interest, the legal profession should discourage regulation that unreasonably imposes territorial limitations upon the right of a lawyer to handle the legal affairs of his client or upon the opportunity of a client to obtain the services of a lawyer of his choice in all matters including the presentation of a contested matter In a tribunal before which the lawyer is not permanently admitted to practice.

DISCIPLINARY RULES

DR 3-101 Aiding Unauthorized Practice of Law.

(A) A lawyer shall not aid a non-lawyer in the unauthorized practice of law.

(B) A lawyer shall not practice law In a jurisdiction where to do so would be In violation of regulations of the profession in that jurisdiction.

DR 3-102 Dividing Legal Fees with a Non. Lawyer.

(A) A lawyer or law firm shall not share legal fees with a non-lawyer, except that:

(1) An agreement by a lawyer with his firm, partner, or associate may provide for the payment of money, over a reasonable period of time after his death, to his estate or to one or more specified persons.

(2) A lawyer who undertakes to complete unfinished legal business of a deceased lawyer may pay to the estate of the deceased lawyer that proportion of the total compensation which fairly represents the services rendered by the deceased lawyer.

(3) A lawyer or law firm may include non-lawyer employees in a retire. ment plan, even though the plan Is based in whole or in part on a profit-sharing arrangement.

DR 3-103 Forming a Partnership with a Non-Lawyer.

(A) A lawyer shall not form a partnership with a non-lawyer if any of the activities of the partnership consist of the practice of law.

CANON 4

A Lawyer Should Preserve the Confidences and Secrets of a Client

ETHICAL CONSIDERATIONS

EC 4.1 Both the fiduciary relationship existing between lawyer and client and the proper functioning of the legal system require the preservation by the lawyer confidences and secrets of one who has employed or sought to employ him. A client must feel free to discuss whatever he wishes of with his lawyer and a lawyer must be equally free to obtain information beyond that volunteered by his client. A lawyer should be fully informed of all the facts of the matter he is handling in order for his client to obtain the full advantage of our legal system. It is for the lawyer in the exercise of his independent professional judgment to separate the relevant and important from the irrelevant and unimportant. The observance of the ethical obligation of a lawyer to hold inviolate the confidences and secrets of his client not only facilitates the full development of facts essential to proper representation of the client but also encourages laymen to seek early legal assistance.

EC 4-2 The obligation to protect confidences and secrets obviously does not preclude a lawyer from revealing information when his client consents after full disclosure, when necessary to perform his professional employment, when permitted by a Disciplinary Rule, or when required by law. Unless the client otherwise directs, a lawyer may disclose the affairs of his client to partners or associates of his firm. It is a matter of common knowledge that the normal operation of a law office exposes confidential professional information to non-lawyer employees of the office, particularly secretaries and those having access to the files; and this obligates a lawyer to exercise care in selecting and training his employees so that the sanctity of all confidences and secrets of his clients may be preserved. If the obligation extends to two or more clients as to the same information, a lawyer should obtain the permission of all before revealing the information. A lawyer must always be sensitive to the rights and wishes of his client and act scrupulously in the making of decisions which may involve the disclosure of information obtained in his professional relationship. Thus, in the absence of consent of his client after full disclosure, a lawyer should not associate another lawyer in the handling of a matter; nor should he, in the absence of consent, seek counsel from another lawyer if there is a reasonable possibility that the identity of the client or his confidences or secrets would be revealed to such lawyer. Both social amenities and professional duty should cause a lawyer to shun indiscreet conversations concerning his clients.

EC 4-3 Unless the client otherwise directs, it is not improper for a lawyer to give limited information from his files to an out

DR 4-10.1 Preservation of Confidences and

Secrets of a Client.

(A) "Confidence" refers to information pro. tected by the attorney-client privilege under applicable law, and "secret" refers

side agency necessary for statistical, bookkeeping, accounting, data processing, banking, printing, or other legitimate purposes, provided he exercises due care in the selection of the agency and warns the agency that the information must be kept confidential.

EC 4-4 The attorney-client privilege is more limited than the ethical obligation of a lawyer to guard the confidences and secrets of his client. This ethical precept, unlike the evidentiary privilege, exists without regard to the nature or source of information or the fact that others share the knowledge. A lawyer should endeavor to act in a manner which preserves the evidentiary privilege; for example, he should avoid professional discussions in the presence of persons to whom the privilege does not extend. A lawyer owes an obligation to advise the client of the attorney-client privilege and timely to assert the privilege unless it is waived by the client.

EC 4-5 A lawyer should not use information acquired in the course of the representation of a client to the disadvantage of the client and a lawyer should not use, except with the consent of his client after full disclosure, such information for his own purposes. Likewise, a lawyer should be diligent in his efforts to prevent the misuse of such information by his employees and associates. Care should be exercised by a lawyer to prevent the disclosure of the confidences and secrets of one client to another, and no employment should be accepted that might require such disclosure.

EC 4-6 The obligation of a lawyer to preserve the confidences and secrets of his client continues after the termination of his employment. Thus a lawyer should not attempt to sell a law practice as a going business because, among other reasons, to do so would involve the disclosure of confidences and secrets. A lawyer should also provide for the protection of the confidences and secrets of his client following the termination of the practice of the lawyer, whether termination is due to death, disability, or retirement. For example, a lawyer might provide for the personal papers of the client to be returned to him and for the papers of the lawyer to be delivered to another lawyer or to be destroyed. In determining the method of disposition, the instructions and wishes of the client should be a dominant consideration.

to other information gained in the professional relationship that the client has requested be held inviolate or the disclosure of which would be embarrassing or would be likely to be detrimental to the client.

 

(B) Except when permitted under DR 4-101

(C), a lawyer shall not knowingly:

(1) Reveal a confidence or secret of his

client.

(2) Use a confidence or secret of his client to the disadvantage of the client.

Use a confidence or secret of his client for the advantage of himself or of a third person, unless the client consents after full disclosure.

(C) A lawyer may reveal:

(1) Confidences or secrets with the consent of the client or clients affected, but only after a full disclosure to them.

(2) Confidences or secrets when permitted under Disciplinary Rules or required by law or court order.

(3) The intention of his client to commit a crime and the information necessary to prevent the crime.

(4) Confidences or secrets necessary to establish or collect his fee or to defend himself or his employees or associates against an accusation of wrongful conduct.

(D) A lawyer shall exercise reasonable care to prevent his employees, associates, and others whose services are utilized by him from disclosing or using confidences or secrets of a client, except that a lawyer may reveal the information allowed by DR 4-101 (C) through an employee.

CANON 5

A Lawyer Should Exercise Independent

Professional Judgment on Behalf of

a Client

ETHICAL CONSIDERATIONS

EC 5-1 The professional judgment of a lawyer should be exercised, within the bounds of the law, solely for the benefit of his client and free of compromising influences and loyalties. Neither his personal interests, the interests of other clients, nor the desires of third persons should be permitted to dilute his loyalty to his client.

Interests of a Lawyer That May Affect His Judgment

EC 5-2 A lawyer should not accept proffered employment if his personal interests or desires will, or there is a reasonable probability that they will, affect adversely the advice to be given or services to be rendered the prospective client. After accepting employment, a lawyer carefully should refrain from acquiring a property right or assuming a position that would tend to make his judgment less protective of the interests of his client.

EC 5-3 The self-interest of a lawyer resulting from his ownership of property in which his client also has an interest or which may affect property of his client may interfere with the exercise of free judgment on behalf of his client. If such interference would occur with respect to a prospective client, a lawyer should decline employment proffered by him. After accepting employment, a lawyer should not acquire property rights that would adversely affect his professional judgment in the representation of his client. Even if the property interests of a lawyer do not presently interfere with the exercise of his independent judgment, but the likelihood of interference can reasonably be foreseen by him, a lawyer should explain the situation to his client and should decline employment or withdraw unless the

client consents to the continuance of the relationship after full disclosure. A lawyer should not seek to persuade his client to permit him to invest in an undertaking of his client nor make improper use of his professional relationship to influence his client to invest in an enterprise in which the lawyer is interested.

EC 5-4 If, in the course of his representation of a client, a lawyer is permitted to receive from his client a beneficial ownership in publication rights relating to the subject matter of the employment, he may be tempted to subordinate the interests of his client to his own anticipated pecuniary gain. For example, a lawyer in a criminal case who obtains from his client television, radio, motion picture, newspaper, magazine, book, or other publication rights with respect to the case may be influenced, consciously or unconsciously, to a course of conduct that will enhance the value of his publication rights to the prejudice of his client. To prevent these potentially differing interests, such arrangements, should be scrupulously avoided prior to the termination of all aspects of the matter giving rise to the employment, even though his employment has previously ended.

EC 5-5 A lawyer should not suggest to his client that a gift be made to himself or for his benefit. If a lawyer accepts a gift from his client, he is peculiarly susceptible to the charge that he unduly influenced or overreached the client. If a client voluntarily offers to make a gift to his lawyer, the lawyer may accept the gift, but before doing so, he should urge that his client secure disinterested advice from an independent, competent person who is cognizant of all the circumstances. Other than in exceptional

 

circumstances, a lawyer should insist that an instrument in which his client desires to name him beneficiallybe prepared by another lawyer selected by the client.

EC 5-6 A lawyer should not consciously influence a client to name him as executor, trustee, or lawyer in an instrument. In those cases where a client wishes to name his lawyer as such, care should be taken by the lawyer to avoid even the appearance of impropriety.

EC 5-7 The possibility of an adverse effect upon the exercise of free judgment by a lawyer on behalf of his client during litigation generally makes it undesirable for the lawyer to acquire a proprietary interest in the cause of his client or otherwise to become financially interested in the outcome of the litigation. However, it is not improper for a lawyer to protect his right to collect a fee for his services by the assertion of legally permissible liens, even though by doing so he may acquire an interest in the outcome of litigation. Although a contingent fee arrangement gives a lawyer a financial interest in the outcome of litigation, a reasonable contingent fee is permissible in civil cases because it may be the only means by which a layman can obtain the services of a lawyer of his choice. But a lawyer, because he is in a better position to evaluate a cause of action, should enter into a contingent fee arrangement only in those instances where the arrangement will be beneficial to the client.

EC 5-8 A financial interest in the outcome of litigation also results if monetary advances are made by the lawyer to his client. Although this assistance generally is not encouraged, there are instances when it is not improper to make loans to a client. For example, the advancing or guaranteeing of payment of the costs and expenses of litigation by a lawyer may be the only way a client can enforce his cause of action, but the ultimate liability for such costs and expenses must be that of the client.

EC 5-9 Occasionally a lawyer is called upon to decide in a particular case whether be will be a witness or an advocate. If a lawyer is both counsel and witness, he becomes more easily impeachable for interest and thus may be a less effective witness. Conversely, the opposing counsel may be handicapped in challenging the credibility of the lawyer when the lawyer also appears as an advocate in the case. An advocate who becomes a witness is in the unseemly and ineffective position of arguing his own credibility. The roles of an advocate and of a witness are inconsistent; the function of an advocate is to advance or argue the cause of another, while that of a witness is to state facts objectively.

EC 5-10 Problems incident to the lawyerwitness relationship arise at different stages;

they relate either to whether a lawyer should accept employment or should withdraw from employment. Regardless of when the problem arises, his decision is to be governed by the same basic considerations. It is not objectionable for a lawyer who is a potential witness to be an advocate if it is unlikely that he will be called as a witness because his testimony would be merely cumulative or if his testimony will relate only to an uncontested issue. In the exceptional situation where it will be manifestly unfair to the client for the lawyer to refuse employment or to withdraw when he will likely be a witness on a contested issue, he may serve as advocate even though he may he a witness. In making such decision, he should determine the personal or financial sacrifice of the client that may result from his refusal of employment or withdrawal therefrom, the materiality of his testimony, and the effectiveness of his representation in view of his personal involvement. In weighing these factors, it should be clear that refusal or withdrawal will impose an unreasonable hardship upon the client before the lawyer accepts or continues the employment. Where the question arises, doubts should be resolved in favor of the lawyer testifying and against his becoming or continuing as an advocate.

EC 5-11 A lawyer should not permit his personal interests to influence his advice relative to a suggestion by his client that additional counsel be employed. In like manner, his personal interests should not deter him from suggesting that additional counsel be employed; on the contrary, he should be alert to the desirability of recommending additional counsel when, in his judgment, the proper representation of his client requires it. However, a lawyer should advise his client not to employ additional counsel suggested by the client if the lawyer believes that such employment would be a disservice to the client, and he should disclose the reasons for his belief.

EC 5-12 Inability of co-counsel to agree on a matter vital to the representation of their client requires that their disagreement be submitted by them jointly to their client for his resolution, and the decision of the client shall control the action to be taken.

EC 5-13 A lawyer should not maintain membership in or be influenced by any organization of employees that undertakes to prescribe, direct, or suggest when or how he should fulfill his professional obligations to a person or organization that employs him as a lawyer. Although it is not necessarily improper for a lawyer employed by a corporation or similar entity to be a member of an organization of employees, he should be vigilant to safeguard his fidelity as a lawyer to his employer, free from outside influences.

Interests of Multiple Clients

EC 5-14 Maintaining the independence of professional judgment required of a lawyer precludes his acceptance or continuation of employment that will adversely affect his judgment on behalf of or dilute his loyalty to a client. This problem arises whenever a lawyer is asked to represent two or more clients who may have differing interests, whether such interests be conflicting, inconsistent, diverse, or otherwise discordant.

EC 5-15 If a lawyer is requested to undertake or to continue representation of multiple clients having potentially differing interests, he must weigh carefully the possibility that his judgment may be impaired or his loyalty divided if he accepts or continues the employment. He should resolve all doubts against the propriety of the representation. A lawyer should never represent in litigation multiple clients with differing interests; and there are few situations in which he would be justified in representing in litigation multiple clients with potentially differing interests. If a lawyer accepted such employment and the interests did become actually differing, he would have to withdraw from employment with likelihood of resulting hardship on the clients; and for this reason it is preferable that he refuse the employment initially. On the other hand, there are many instances in which a lawyer may properly serve multiple clients having potentially differing interests in matters not involving litigation. If the interests vary only slightly, it is generally likely that the lawyer will not be subjected to an adverse influence and that he can retain his independent judgment on behalf of each client; and if the interests become differing, withdrawal is less likely to have a disruptive effect upon the causes of his clients.

EC 5-16 In those instances in which a lawyer is justified in representing two or more clients having differing interests, it is nevertheless essential that each client be given the opportunity to evaluate his need for representation free of any potential conflict and to obtain other counsel if be so desires. Thus before a lawyer may represent multiple clients, he should explain fully to each client the implications of the common representation and should accept or continue employment only if the clients consent. If there are present other circumstances that might cause any of the multiple clients to question the undivided loyalty of the lawyer, he should also advise all of the clients of those circumstances.

EC 5-17 Typically recurring situations involving potentially differing interests are those in which a lawyer is asked to represent co-defendants in a criminal case, coplaintiffs in a personal injury case, an insured and his insurer, and beneficiaries of the estate of a decedent. Whether a lawyer

can fairly and adequately protect the interests of multiple clients in these and similar situations depends upon an analysis of each case. In certain circumstances, there may exist little chance of the judgment of the lawyer being adversely affected by the slight possibility that the interests will become actually differing; in other circumstances, the chance of adverse effect upon his judgment is not unlikely.

EC 5-18 A lawyer employed or retained by a corporation or similar entity owes his allegiance to the entity and not to a stockholder, director, officer, employee, representative, or other person connected with the entity. In advising the entity, a lawyer should keep paramount its interests and his professional judgment should not be influenced by the personal desires of any person or organization. Occasionally a lawyer for an entity is requested by a stockholder, director, officer, employee, representative, or other person connected with the entity to represent him in an individual capacity; in such case the lawyer may serve the individual only if the lawyer is convinced that differing interests are not present.

EC 5-19 A lawyer may represent several clients whose interests are not actually or potentially differing. Nevertheless, he should explain any circumstances that might cause a client to question his undivided loyalty. Regardless of the belief of a lawyer that he may properly represent multiple clients, he must defer to a client who holds the contrary belief and withdraw from representation of that client.

EC 5-20 A lawyer is often asked to serve as an impartial arbitrator or mediator In matters which involve present or former clients. Ile may serve in either capacity if he first discloses such present or former relationships. After a lawyer has undertaken to act as an impartial arbitrator or mediator, he should not thereafter represent in the dispute any of the parties involved.

Desires of Third Persons

EC 5-21 The obligation of a lawyer to exercise professional judgment solely on behalf of his client requires that he disregard the desires of others that might impair his free judgment. The desires of a third person will seldom adversely affect a lawyer unless that person is in a position to exert strong economic, political, or social pressures upon the lawyer. These influences are often subtle, and a lawyer must be alert to their existence. A lawyer subjected to outside pressures should make full disclosure of them to his client; and if he or his client believes that the effectiveness of his representation has been or will be impaired thereby, the lawyer should take proper steps to withdraw from representation of his client.

EC 5-22 Economic, political, or social pressures by third persons are less likely to

impinge upon the independent judgment of a lawyer in a matter in which he is compensated directly by his client and his professional work is exclusively with his client. On the other hand, if a lawyer is compensated from a source other than his client, he may feel a sense of responsibility to someone other than his client.

EC 5-23 A person or organization that pays or furnishes lawyers to represent others possesses a potential power to exert strong pressures against the independent judgment of those lawyers. Some employers may be Interested in furthering their own economic, political, or social goals without regard to the professional responsibility of the lawyer to his individual client. Others may be far more concerned with establishment or extension of legal principles than in the immediate protection of the rights of the lawyer's individual client. On some occasions, decisions on priority of work may be made by the employer rather than the lawyer with the result that prosecution of work already undertaken for clients is postponed to their detriment. Similarly, an employer may seek, consciously or unconsciously, to further its own economic interests through the actions of the lawyers employed by it. Since a lawyer must always be free to exercise his professional judgment without regard to the interests or motives of a third person, the lawyer who is employed by one to represent another must constantly guard against erosion of his professional freedom.

DISCIPLINARY RULES

DR 5-101 Refusing Employment When the Interests of the Lawyer May Impair His Independent Profession. al Judgment.

(A) Except with the consent of his client after full disclosure, a lawyer shall not accept enmloyment if the exercise of his professional judgment on behalf of his client will be or reasonably may be affected by his own financial, business,

property, or personal interests.

(B) A lawyer shall not accept employment in contemplated or pending litigation if he knows or it is obvious that he or a lawyer in his firm ought to be called as a witness, except that he may undertake the employment and he or a lawyer in his firm may testify:

(1) If the testimony will relate solely

to an uncontested matter.

(2) If the testimony will relate solely to a matter of formality and there is no reason to believe that substantial evidence will be offered in opposition to the testimony.

(3) If the testimony will relate solely

to the nature and Value of legal

EC 5-24 To assist a lawyer in preserving his professional independence, a number of courses are available to him. For example, a lawyer should not practice with or in the form of a professional legal corporation, even though the corporate form is permitted by law, if any director, officer, or stockholder of it is a non-lawyer. Although a lawyer may be employed by a business corporation with non-lawyers serving as directors or officers, and they necessarily have the right to make decisions of business policy, a lawyer must decline to accept direction of his professional judgment from any layman. Various types of legal aid offices are administered by boards of directors composed of lawyers and laymen. A lawyer should not accept employment from such an organization unless the board sets only broad policies and there is no interference in the relationship of the lawyer and the individual client he serves. Where a lawyer is employed by an organization, a written agreement that defines the relationship between him and the organization and provides for his independence is desirable since it may serve to prevent misunderstanding as to their respective roles. Although other Innovations in the means of supplying legal counsel may develop, the responsibility of the lawyer to maintain his professional independence remains constant, and the legal profession must insure that changing circumstances do not result in loss of the professional independence of the lawyer.

services rendered in the case by the lawyer or his firm to the client.

(4) As to any matter, if refusal would work a substantial hardship on the client because of the distinctive value of the lawyer or his firm as counsel in the particular case.

DR 5-102 Withdrawal as Counsel When

the Lawyer Becomes a Witness.

(A) If, after undertaking employment in contemplated or pending litigation, a lawyer learns or it Is obvious that he or a lawyer in his firm ought to be called as a witness on behalf of his employment he shall withdraw from the con. duct of the trial and his firm, if any, shall not continue representation In the trial, except that he may continue the representation and he or a lawyer In his firm may testify In the circumstances enumerated In DR 5.101(B) (1) through (4).

(B) If, after undertaking employment In contemplated or pending litigation, a lawyer learns or It Is obvious that he or a lawyer In his firm may be called as a witness other than on behalf of his client, he may continue the representation until it is apparent that his testimony is or may be prejudicial to his client.

DR 5-103 Avoiding Acquisition of Interest

in Litigation.

(A) A lawyer shall not acquire a proprietary interest in the cause of action or subject matter of litigation he is conducting for a client, except that he may: (1) Acquire a lien granted by law to secure his fee or expenses.

(2) Contract with a client for a reason.

able contingent fee in a civil case.

(B) While representing a client in connection with contemplated or pending litigation, a lawyer shall not advance or guarantee financial assistance to his client, except that a lawyer may advance or guarantee the expenses of litigation including court costs, expenses of Investigation, expenses of medical examination, and costs of obtaining and presenting evidence, provided the client remains ultimately liable for such ex. penses.

DR 5-104 Limiting Business Relations with

a Client.

(A) A lawyer shall not enter into a business transaction with a client If they have differing interests therein and if the cli. ent expects the lawyer to exercise his professional judgment therein for the protection of the client, unless the client has consented after full disclosure.

(B) Prior to conclusion of all aspects of the matter giving rise to his employment, a lawyer shall not enter into any arrangement or understanding with a client or a prospective client by which he acquires an Interest In publication rights with respect to the subject mat. ter of his employment or proposed employment.

DR 5405 Refusing to Accept or Continue Employment If the Interests of Another Client May Impair the Independent Professional Judg. ment of the Lawyer.

(A) A lawyer shall decline proffered employment if the exercise of his independent professional judgment in behalf of a client will be or Is likely to be adversely affected by the acceptance of the proffered employment, except to the extent permitted under DR 5-105 (C)

(B) A lawyer shall not continue multiple employment if the exercise of his inde. pendent professional judgment in behalf of a client will be or is likely to be

adversely affected by his representation of another client, except to the extent permitted under DR 5-105(C).

(C) In the situations covered by DR 5-105 (A) and (B), a lawyer may represent multiple clients if it is obvious that he can adequately represent the interest of each and if each consents to the representation after full disclosure of the possible effect of such representation on the exercise of his independent professional judgment on behalf of each.

(D) If a lawyer is required to decline em. ployment or to withdraw from employ. ment under DR 5-105, no partner or associate of his or his firm may accept or continue such employment.

DR 5-106 Settling Similar Claims of Cli.

ents.

(A) A lawyer who represents two or more clients shall not make or participate In the making of an aggregate settlement of the claims of or against his clients, unless each client has consented to the settlement after being advised of the existence and nature of all the claims involved In the proposed settlement, of the total amount of the settlement, and of the participation of each person in the settlement.

DR 5-107 Avoiding Influence by Others

Than the Client.

(A) Except with the consent of his client after full disclosure, a lawyer shall not: (1) Accept compensation for his legal services from one other than his client.

(2) Accept from one other than his cli. ent any thing of value related to his representation of or his employ.ment by his client.

(B) A lawyer shall not permit a person who recommends, employs, or pays him to render legal services for another to di. rect or regulate his professional judg. in rendering such legal services.

(C) A lawyer shall not practice with or In the form of a professional corporation or association authorized to practice law for a profit, if:

(1) A non-lawyer owns any Interest therein, except that a fiduciary representative of the estate of a lawyer may hold the stock or interest of the lawyer for a reasonable time during administration;

A non-lawyer is a corporate director or officer thereof; or

(3) A non-lawyer has the right to di. rect or control the professional judgment of a lawyer.

 

CANON 6

A Lawyer Should Represent a

Client Competently

ETHICAL CONSIDERATIONS

EC 6-1 Because of his vital role in the legal process, a lawyer should act with competence and proper care in representing clients. He should strive to become and remain proficient in his practice and should accept employment only in matters which he is or intends to become competent to handle.

EC 6-2 A lawyer is aided in attaining and maintaining his competence by keeping abreast of current legal literature and developments, participating in continuing legal education programs, concentrating in particular areas of the law, and by utilizing other available means. He has the additional ethical obligation to assist in improving the legal profession, and he may do so by participating in bar activities intended to advance the quality and standards of members of the profession. Of particular Importance is the careful training of his younger associates and the giving of sound guidance to all lawyers who consult him. In short, a lawyer should strive at all levels to aid the legal profession in advancing the highest possible standards of integrity and competence and to meet those standards himself.

EC 6-3 While the licensing of a lawyer is evidence that he has met the standards then prevailing for admission to the bar, a lawyer generally should not accept employment in any area of the law in which he is not qualified. However, he may accept such employment if in good faith he expects to become qualified through study and investiga

tion, as long as such preparation would not result in unreasonable delay or expense to his client. Proper preparation and representation may require the association by the

DR 6-101 Failing to Act Competently.

(A) A lawyer shall not:

DISCIPLINARY RULES

(1) Handle a legal matter which he

knows or should know that he Is him.

lawyer of professionals in other disciplines. A lawyer offered employment in a matter in which he is not and does not expect to become so qualified should either decline the employment or, with the consent of his client, accept the employment and associate a lawyer who is competent in the matter.

EC 64 Having undertaken representation, a lawyer should use proper care to safeguard the interests of his client. If a lawyer has accepted employment in a matter beyond his competence but in which he expected to become competent, he should diligently undertake the work and study necessary to qualify himself. In addition to being qualified to handle a particular matter, his obligation to his client requires him to prepare adequately for and give appropriate attention to his legal work.

EC 6-5 A lawyer should have pride in his professional endeavors. His obligation to act competently calls for higher motivation than that arising from fear of civil liability or disciplinary penalty.

EC 6-6 A lawyer should not seek, by contract or other means, to limit his individual liability to his client for his malpractice. A lawyer who handles the affairs of his client properly has no need to attempt to limit his liability for his professional activities and one who does not handle the affairs of his client properly should not be permitted to do so. A lawyer who Is a stockholder in or is associated with a professional legal corporation may, however, limit his liability for malpractice of his associates in the corporation, but only to the extent permitted by law.

preparation adequate In the circum

stances.

(3) Neglect a legal matter entrusted to

not competent to handle, without DR 6-102 Limiting Liability to Client. associating with him a lawyer who (A) A lawyer shall not attempt to exonerate

is competent to handle it.

(2) Handle a legal matter without

himself from or limit his liability to his client for his personal malpractice.

CANON 7

A Lawyer Should Represent a Client

Zealously Within the Bounds

of the Law

ETHICAL CONSIDERATIONS

EC 7-1 The duty of a lawyer, both to his client and to the legal system, is to represent his client zealously within the bounds of the law, which includes Disciplinary Rules and enforceable professional regulations. The professional responsibility of a lawyer derives from his membership in a profession which has the duty of assisting members of the public to secure and protect available legal rights and benefits. In our government of laws and not of men, each member of our society is entitled to have his conduct judged and regulated in accordance with the law; to seek any lawful objective through legally permissible means; and to present for adjudication any lawful claim, issue, or defense.

EC 7-2 The bounds of the law in a given case are often difficult to ascertain. The language of legislative enactments and judicial opinions may be uncertain as applied to varying factual situations. The limits and specific meaning of apparently relevant law may be made doubtful by changing or developing constitutional interpretations, inadequately expressed statutes or judicial opinions, and changing public and judicial attitudes. Certainty of law ranges from well-settled rules through areas of conflicting authority to areas without precedent.

EC 7-3 Where the bounds of law are uncertain, the action of a lawyer may depend on whether he is serving as advocate or adviser. A lawyer may serve simultaneously as both advocate and adviser, but the two roles are essentially different. In asserting a position on behalf of his client, an advocate for the most part deals with past conduct and must take the facts as he finds them. By contrast, a lawyer serving as adviser primarily assists his client in determining the course of future conduct and relationships. While serving as advocate, a lawyer should resolve in favor of his client doubts as to the bounds of the law. In serving a client as adviser, a lawyer In appropriate circumstances should give his professional opinion as to what the ultimate decisions of the courts would likely be as to the applicable law.

Duty of the Lawyer to a Client

EC 74 The advocate may urge any permissible construction of the law favorable to his client, without regard to his professional opinion as to the likelihood that the construction will ultimately prevail. His conduct is within the bounds of the law, and therefore permissible, if the position taken

is supported by the law or is supportable by a good faith argument for an extension, modification, or reversal of the law. However, a lawyer is not justified in asserting a position in litigation that is frivolous.

EC 7-5 A lawyer as adviser furthers the interest of his client by giving his professional opinion as to what he believes would likely be the ultimate decision of the courts on the matter at hand and by informing his client of the practical effect of such decision. He may continue in the representation of his client even though his client has elected to pursue a course of conduct contrary to the advice of the lawyer so long as he does not thereby knowingly assist the client to engage in illegal conduct or to take a frivolous legal position. A lawyer should never encourage or aid his client to commit criminal acts or counsel his client on how to violate the law and avoid punishment therefor.

EC 7-6 Whether the proposed action of a lawyer is within the bounds of the law may be a perplexing question when his client is contemplating a course of conduct having legal consequences that vary according to the client's intent, motive, or desires at the time of the action. Often a lawyer is asked to assist his client in developing evidence relevant to the state of mind of the client at a particular time. He may properly assist his client in the development and preservation of evidence of existing motive, intent, or desire; obviously, be may not do anything furthering the creation or preservation of false evidence. In many cases a lawyer may not be certain as to the state of mind of his client, and in those situations he should resolve reasonable doubts in favor of his client.

EC 7-7 In certain areas of legal representation not affecting the merits of the cause or substantially prejudicing the rights of a client, a lawyer is entitled to make decisions on his own. But otherwise the authority to make decisions Is exclusively that of the client and, if made within the framework of the law, such decisions are binding on his lawyer. As typical examples in civil cases, it is for the client to decide whether he will accept a settlement offer or whether he will waive his right to plead an affirmative defense. A defense lawyer in a criminal case has the duty to advise his client fully on whether a particular plea to a charge appears to be desirable and as to the prospects of success on appeal, but it is for the client to decide what plea should be entered and whether an appeal should be taken.

EC 7-8 A lawyer should exert his best efforts to insure that decisions of his client are made only after the client has been informed of relevant considerations. A lawyer ought to initiate this decision-making process if the client does not do so. Advice of a lawyer to his client need not be confined to purely legal considerations. A lawyer should advise his client of the possible effect of each legal alternative. A lawyer should bring to bear upon this decision-making process the fullness of his experience as well as his objective viewpoint. In assisting his client to reach a proper decision, it is often desirable for a lawyer to point out those factors which may lead to a decision that is morally just as well as legally permissible. He may emphasize the possibility of harsh consequences that might result from assertion of legally permissible positions. In the final analysis, however, the lawyer should always remember that the decision whether to forego legally available objectives or methods because of non-legal factors is ultimately for the client and not for himself. In the event that the client in a non-adjudicatory matter insists upon a course of conduct that is contrary to the judgment and advice of the lawyer but not prohibited by Disciplinary Rules, the lawyer may withdraw from the employment.

EC 7-9 In the exercise of his professional judgment on those decisions which are for his determination in the handling of a legal matter, a lawyer should always act in a manner consistent with the best Interests of his client. However, when an action in the best interest of his client seems to him to be unjust, he may ask his client for permission to forego such action.

EC 7-10 The duty of a lawyer to represent his client with zeal does not militate against his concurrent obligation to treat with consideration all persons involved in the legal process and to avoid the infliction of needless harm.

EC 7-11 The responsibilities of a lawyer may vary according to the intelligence, experience, mental condition or age of a client, the obligation of a public officer, or the nature of a particular proceeding. Examples include the representation of an Miterate or an incompetent, service as a public prosecutor or other government lawyer, and appearances before administrative and legislative bodies.

EC 7-12 Any mental or physical condition of a client that renders him incapable of making a considered judgment on his own behalf casts additional responsibilities upon his lawyer. Where an incompetent Is acting through a guardian or other legal representative, a lawyer must look to such representative for those decisions which are normally the prerogative of the client to make. If a client under disability has no legal rep

resentative, his lawyer may be compelled in court proceedings to make decisions on behalf of the client. If the client is capable of understanding the matter in question or of contributing to the advancement of his interests, regardless of whether he is legally disqualified from performing certain acts, the lawyer should obtain from him all possible aid. If the disability of a client and the lack of a legal representative compel the lawyer to make decisions for his client, the lawyer should consider all circumstances then prevailing and act with care to safeguard and advance the interests of his client. But obviously a lawyer cannot perform any act or make any decision which the law requires his client to perform or make, either acting for himself if competent, or by a duly constituted representative if legally incompetent.

EC 7-13 The responsibility of a public prosecutor differs from that of the usual advocate; his duty is to seek justice, not merely to convict, This special duty exists because: (1) the prosecutor represents the sovereign and therefore should use restraint in the discretionary exercise of governmental powers, such as in the selection of cases to prosecute; (2) during trial the prosecutor is not only an advocate but he also may make decisions normally made by an individual client, and those affecting the public interest should be fair to all; and (3) in our system of criminal justice the accused is to be given the benefit of all reasonable doubts. With respect to evidence and witnesses, the prosecutor has responsibilities different from those of a lawyer in private practice: the prosecutor should make timely disclosure to the defense of available evidence, known to him, that tends to negate the guilt of the accused, mitigate the degree of the offense, or reduce the punishment. Further, a prosecutor should not intentionally avoid pursuit of evidence merely because be believes it will damage the prosecutor',,; case or aid the accused.

EC 7-14 A government lawyer who has discretionary power relative to litigation should refrain from instituting or continuing litigation that is obviously unfair. A government lawyer not having such discretionary power who believes there is lack of merit In a controversy submitted to him should so advise his superiors and recommend the avoidance of unfair litigation. A government lawyer in a civil action or administrative proceeding has the responsibility to seek justice and to develop a full and fair record, and he should not use his position or the economic power of the government to harass parties or to bring about unjust settlements or results.

EC 7-15 The nature and purpose of proceedings before administrative agencies vary widely. The proceedings may be legislative or quasi-judicial, or a combination of both. They may be ex parte in character, in which event they may originate either at the instance of the agency or upon motion of an interested party. The scope of an inquiry may be purely investigative or it may be truly adversary looking toward the adjudication of specific rights of a party or of classes of parties. The foregoing are but examples of some of the types of proceedings conducted by administrative agencies. A lawyer appearing before an administrative agency, regardless of the nature of the proceeding it is conducting, has the continuing duty to advance the cause of his client within the bounds of the law. Where the applicable rules of the agency impose specific obligations upon a lawyer, it is his duty to comply therewith, unless the lawyer has a legitimate basis for challenging the validity thereof. In all appearances before administrative agencies, a lawyer should identify himself, his client if identity of his client is not privileged, and the representative nature of his appearance. It is not improper, however, for a lawyer to seek from an agency information available to the public without identifying his client.

EC 7.16 The primary business of a legislative body is to enact laws rather than to adjudicate controversies, although on occasion the activities of a legislative body may take on the characteristics of an adversary proceeding, particularly in investigative and impeachment matters. The role of a lawyer supporting or opposing proposed legislation normally is quite different from his role in representing a person under investigation or on trial by a legislative body. When a lawyer appears in connection with proposed legislation, he seeks to affect the lawmaking process, but when he appears on behalf of a client in investigatory or impeachment proceedings, he is concerned with the protection of the rights of his client. In either event, he should identify himself and his client, if identity of his client is not privileged, and should comply with applicable laws and legislative rules.

EC 7-17 The obligation of loyalty to his client applies only to a lawyer in the discharge of his professional duties and implies no obligation to adopt a personal viewpoint favorable to the interests or desires of his client. While a lawyer must act always with circumspection in order that his conduct will not adversely affect the rights of a client in a matter he is then handling, he may take positions on public issues and espouse legal reforms he favors without regard to the individual views of any client.

EC 7-18 The legal system in its broadest sense functions best when persons in need of legal advice or assistance are represented by their own counsel. For this reason a lawyer should not communicate on the subject

matter of the representation of his client with a person he knows to be represented in the matter by a lawyer, unless pursuant to law or rule of court or unless he has the consent of the lawyer for that person. If one is not represented by counsel, a lawyer representing another may have to deal directly with the unrepresented person; in such an instance, a lawyer should not undertake to give advice to the person who is attempting to represent himself, except that he may advise him to obtain a lawyer.

Duty of the Lawyer to the Adversary

System of Justice

EC 7.19 Our legal system provides for the adjudication of disputes governed by the rules of substantive, evidentiary, and procedural law. An adversary presentation counters the natural human tendency to judge too swiftly in terms of the familiar that which is not yet fully known; the advocate, by his zealous preparation and presentation of facts and law, enables the tribunal to come to the hearing with an open and neutral mind and to render impartial judgments. The duty of a lawyer to his client and his duty to the legal system are the same: to represent his client zealously within the bounds of the law.

EC 7-20 In order to function properly, our adjudicative process requires an informed, impartial tribunal capable of administering justice promptly and efficiently according to procedures that command public confidence and respect. Not only must there be competent, adverse presentation of evidence and issues, but a tribunal must be aided by rules appropriate to an effective and dignified process. The procedures under which tribunals operate in our adversary system have been prescribed largely by legislative enactments, court rules and decisions, and administrative rules. Through the years certain concepts of proper professional conduct have become rules of law applicable to the adversary adjudicative process. Many of these concepts are the bases for standards of professional conduct set forth in the Disciplinary Rules.

EC T-21 The civil adjudicative process is primarily designed for the settlement of disputes between parties, while the criminal process is designed for the protection of society as a whole. Threatening to use, or using, the criminal process to coerce adjustment of private civil claims or controversies is a subversion of that process; further, the person against whom the criminal process is so misused may be deterred from asserting his legal rights and thus the usefulness of the civil process in settling private disputes is impaired. As in all cases of abuse of judicial process, the improper use of criminal process tends to diminish public confidence in our legal system.

EC 7-22 Respect for judicial rulings is essential to the proper administration of justice; however, a litigant or his lawyer may, in good faith and within the framework of the law, take steps to test the correctness of a ruling of a tribunal.

EC 7-23 The complexity of law often makes it difficult for a tribunal to be fully informed unless the pertinent law is presented by the lawyers in the cause. A tribunal that is fully informed on the applicable law is better able to make a fair and accurate determination of the matter before it. The adversary system contemplates that each lawyer will present and argue the existing law in the light most favorable to his client. Where a lawyer knows of legal authority in the controlling jurisdiction directly adverse to the position of his client, he should inform the tribunal of its existence unless his adversary has done so; but, having made such disclosure, he may challenge its soundness in whole or in part.

EC 7-247-294 In order to bring about just and informed decisions, evidentiary and procedural rules have been established by tribunals to permit the inclusion of relevant evidence and argument and the exclusion of all other considerations. The expression by a lawyer of his personal opinion as to the justness of a cause, as to the credibility of a witness, as to the culpability of a civil litigant, or as to the guilt or innocence of an accused is not a proper subject for argument to the trier of fact. It is improper as to factual matters because admissible evidence possessed by a lawyer should be presented only as sworn testimony. It is improper as to all other matters because, were the rule otherwise, the silence of a lawyer on a given occasion could be construed unfavorably to his client. However, a lawyer may argue, on his analysis of the evidence, for any position or conclusion with respect to any of the foregoing matters.

EC 7-25 Rules of evidence and procedure are designed to lead to just decisions and are part of the framework of the law. Thus while a lawyer may take steps in good faith and within the framework of the law to test the validity of rules, he is not justified in consciously violating such rules and he should be diligent in his efforts to guard against his unintentional violation of them. As examples, a lawyer should subscribe to or verify only those pleadings that he believes are in compliance with applicable law and rules; a lawyer should not make any prefatory statement before a tribunal in regard to the purported facts of the case on trial unless he believes that his statement will be supported by admissible evidence; a lawyer should not ask a witness a question solely for the purpose of harassing or embarrassing him; and a lawyer should not by subterfuge put before a jury matters which it cannot properly consider.

EC 7-26 The law and Disciplinary Rules prohibit the use of fraudulent, false, or perjured testimony or evidence. A lawyer wbo knowingly participates in introduction of such testimony or evidence is subject to discipline. A lawyer should, however, present any admissible evidence his client desires to have presented unless he knows, or from facts within his knowledge should know, that such testimony or evidence is false, fraudulent, or perjured.

EC 7-27 Because it interferes with the proper administration of justice, a lawyer should not suppress evidence that he or his client has a legal obligation to reveal or produce. In like manner, a lawyer should not advise or cause a person to secrete himself or to leave the jurisdiction of a tribunal for the purpose of making him unavailable as a witness therein.

EC 7-28 Witnesses should always testify truthfully and should be free from any financial inducements that might tempt them to do otherwise. A lawyer should not pay or agree to pay a non-expert witness an amount in excess of reimbursement for expenses and financial loss incident to his being a witness; however, a lawyer may pay or agree to pay an expert witness a reasonable fee for his services as an expert. But in no event should a lawyer pay or agree to pay a contingent fee to any witness. A lawyer should exercise reasonable diligence to see that his client and lay associates conform to these standards.

EC 7-29 To safeguard the impartiality that is essential to the judicial process, veniremen and jurors should be protected against extraneous influences. When impartiality is present, public confidence in the judicial system is enhanced. There should be no extrajudicial communication with veniremen prior to trial or with jurors during trial by or on behalf of a lawyer connected with the case. Furthermore, a lawyer who is not connected with the case should not communicate with or cause another to communicate with a venireman or a juror about the case. After the trial, communication by a lawyer with jurors is permitted so long as he refrains from asking questions or making comments that tend to harass or embarrass the juror or to influence actions of the juror in future cases. Were a lawyer to be prohibited from communicating after trial with a juror, he could not ascertain if the verdict might be subject to legal challenge, in which event the invalidity of a verdict might go undetected. When an extrajudicial communication by a lawyer with a juror is permitted by law, it should be made considerately and with deference to the personal feelings of the juror.

EC 7-30 Vexatious or harassing investigations of veniremen or jurors seriously impair the effectiveness of our jury system. For this reason, a lawyer or anyone on his behalf who conducts an investigation of veniremen or jurors should act with circumspection and restraint.

EC 7-31 Communications with or investigations of members of families of veniremen or jurors by a lawyer or by anyone on his behalf are subject to the restrictions imposed upon the lawyer with respect to his communications with or investigations of veniremen and jurors.

EC 7-32 Because of his duty to aid in preserving the integrity of the jury system, a lawyer who learns of improper conduct by or towards a venireman, a juror, or a member of the family of either should make a prompt report to the court regarding such conduct.

EC 7-33 A goal of our legal system is that each party shall have his case, criminal or civil, adjudicated by an impartial tribunal. The attainment of this goal may be defeated by dissemination of news or comments which tend to influence judge or jury. Such news or comments may prevent prospective jurors from being impartial at the outset of the trial and may also interfere with the obligation of jurors to base their verdict solely upon the evidence admitted in the trial. The release by a lawyer of out-of-court statements regarding an anticipated or pending trial may improperly affect the impartiality of the tribunal. For these reasons, standards for permissible and prohibited conduct of a lawyer with respect to trial publicity have been established.

EC 7.34 The impartiality of a public servant in our legal system may be impaired by the receipt of gifts or loans. A lawyer, therefore, is never justified in making a gift or a loan to a judge, a hearing officer, or an official or employee of a tribunal.

EC 7-35 All litigants and lawyers should have access to tribunals on an equal basis. Generally, in adversary proceedings a lawyer should not communicate with a judge relative to a matter pending before, or which is to be brought before, a tribunal over which he presides in circumstances which might have the effect or give the appearance of granting undue advantage to one party. For example, a lawyer should not communicate with a tribunal by a writing unless a copy thereof is promptly delivered to opposing counsel or to the adverse

DR 7-101 Representing a Client Zealously.

(A) A lawyer shall not intentionally:

(1) Fail to seek the lawful objectives of his client through reasonably available means permitted by law and the Disciplinary Rules, except as provided by DR 7-101 (B). A law. yer does not violate this Disciplinary Rule

party if he is not represented by a lawyer Ordinarily an oral communication by a lawyer with a judge or hearing officer should be made only upon adequate notice to opposing counsel, or, if there is none, to opposing party. A lawyer should not e done or lend himself to private importunities by another with a judge or hearing officer on behalf of himself or his client.

EC 7-36 Judicial hearings ought to be conducted through dignified and orderly procedures designed to protect the rights of all parties. Although a lawyer has the duty to represent his client zealously, he should not engage in any conduct that offends the dig. nity and decorum of proceedings. While maintaining his independence, a lawyer should be respectful, courteous, and above. board in his relations with a judge or hear. ing officer before whom he appears. He should avoid undue solicitude for the comfort or convenience of judge or jury and should avoid any other conduct calculated to gain special consideration.

EC 7-37 In adversary proceedings, clients are litigants and though ill feeling may exist between clients, such ill feeling should not influence a lawyer in his conduct, attitude, and demeanor towards opposing lawyers. A lawyer should not make unfair or derogatory personal reference to opposing counsel. Haranguing and offensive tactics by lawyers interfere with the orderly administration of justice and have no proper place in our legal system.

EC 7-38 A lawyer should be courteous to opposing counsel and should accede to reasonable requests regarding court proceedings, settings, continuances, waiver of procedural formalities, and similar matters which do not prejudice the rights of his client. He should follow local customs of courtesy or practice, unless he gives timely notice to opposing counsel of his intention not to do so. A lawyer should be punctual in fulfilling all professional commitments.

EC 7-39 In the final analysis, proper functioning of the adversary system depends upon cooperation between lawyers and tribunals in utilizing procedures which will preserve the impartiality of tribunals and make their decisional processes prompt and just, without impinging upon the obligation of lawyers to represent their clients zealously within the framework of the law.

DISCIPLINARY RULES

, however, by acceding to reasonable requests of opposing counsel which do not prejudice the rights of his client, by being punctual In fulfilling all professional commitments, by avoiding offensive tactics, or by treating with courtesy and consideration all persons Involved In the legal process.

(2) Fail to carry out a contract of em.

ployment entered into with a client

for professional services, but he

may withdraw as permitted under

DR 2-110, DR 5-102, and DR 5.105.

(3) Prejudice or damage his client dur. (A

ing the course of the professional

relationship, except as required un

der DR 7-102 (B).

(B) In his representation of a client, a law

yer may:

(1) Where permissible, exercise his (B

professional judgment to waive or

fall to assert a right or position of

his client.

(2) Refuse to aid or participate In con

duct that he believes to be unlaw

ful, even though there is some sup

port for an argument that the con.

duct is legal.

DR 7-102 Representing a Client Within

the Bounds of the Law. DIU

(A) In his representation of a client, a law

yer shall not:

(1) File a suit, assert a position, conduct a defense, delay a trial, or take other action on behalf of his client when he knows or when it is obvious that such action would serve merely to harass or maliciously injure another.

(2) Knowingly advance a claim or defense that is unwarranted under existing law, except that he may advance such claim or defense if It can be supported by good faith argument for an extension, modification, or reversal of existing law.

(3) Conceal or knowingly fail to dis. close that which he is required by law to reveal.

(4) Knowingly use perjured testimony

or false evidence.

(5) Knowingly make a false statement (A

of law or fact.

(6) Participate in the creation or preservation of evidence when he knows or it Is obvious that the evidence is false.

(7) Counsel or assist his client In conduct that the lawyer knows to be Illegal or fraudulent.

(8) Knowingly engage in other Illegal conduct or conduct contrary to a Disciplinary Rule.

(B) A lawyer who receives Information

clearly establishing that:

(1) His client has, in the course of the representation, perpetrated a fraud upon a person or tribunal shall promptly call upon his client to rectify the same, and if his client refuses or is unable to do so, he shall reveal the fraud to the affected person or tribunal.

(2) A person other than his client has

perpetrated a fraud upon a tribunal

shall promptly reveal the fraud to the tribunal.

DR 7-103 Performing the Duty of Public Prosecutor or Other Government Lawyer.

A public prosecutor or other govern. ment lawyer shall not institute or cause to be Instituted criminal charges when he knows or it is obvious that the charges are not supported by probable cause.

A public prosecutor or other government lawyer in criminal litigation shall make timely disclosure to counsel for the defendant, or to the defendant if he has no counsel, of the existence of evidence, known to the prosecutor or other government lawyer, that tends to negate the guilt of the accused, mitigate the degree of the offense, or reduce the punishment.

7-104 Communicating With One of Ad.

verse Interest.

(A) During the course of his representation

of a client a lawyer shall not:

(1) Communicate or cause another to communicate on the subject of the representation with a party he knows to be represented by a law. yer In that matter unless he has the prior consent of the lawyer representing such other party or Is authorized by law to do so.

(2) Give advice to a person who Is not represented by a lawyer, other than the advice to secure counsel, If theInterests of such person are or have a reasonable possibility of being In conflict with the interests of his client.

DR 7-105 Threatening Criminal Prosecu.

tion.

A lawyer shall not present, participate in presenting, or threaten to present criminal charges solely to obtain an advantage In a civil matter.

DR 7-106 Trial Conduct.

(A) A lawyer shall not disregard or advise his client to disregard a standing rule of a tribunal or a ruling of a tribunal made in the course of a proceeding, but he may take appropriate steps In good faith to test the validity of such rule or ruling.

(B) In presenting a matter to a tribunal, a

lawyer shall disclose:

(1) Legal authority in the controlling jurisdiction known to him to be directly adverse to the position of his client and which is not disclosed by opposing counsel.

(2) Unless privileged or irrelevant, the identities of the clients he represents and of the persons who employed him.

(C) In appearing In his professional capacity before a tribunal, a lawyer shall not: (1) State or allude to any matter that he has no reasonable basis to behave is relevant to the case or that will not be supported by admissible evidence.

(2) Ask any question that he has no reasonable basis to believe Is relevant to the case and that Is In. tended to degrade a witness or other person.

(3) Assert his personal knowledge of the facts in issue, except when testifying as a witness.

(4) Assert his personal opinion as to the justness of a cause, as to the credibility of a witness, as to the culpability of a civil litigant, or as to the guilt or Innocence of an accused; but he may argue, on his analysis of the evidence, for any position or conclusion with respect to the matters stated herein.

(5) Fail to comply with known local customs of courtesy or practice of the bar or a particular tribunal without giving to opposing counsel timely notice of his Intent not to comply.

(6) Engage In undignified or discour. teous conduct which is degrading to a tribunal.

(7) Intentionally or habitually violate any established rule of procedure or of evidence.

DR 7-107 Trial Publicity.

(A) A lawyer participating In or associated

with the Investigation of a criminal matter shall not make or participate In making an extrajudicial statement that a reasonable person would expect to be disseminated by means of public communication and that does more than state without elaboration:

(1) Information contained In a public

record.

(2) That the investigation Is In prog

ress.

(3) The general scope of the investigation Including a description of the offense and, If permitted by law, the Identity of the victim.

(4) A request for assistance In appre. hending a suspect or assistance in other matters and the Information necessary thereto.

(5) A warning to the public of any

dangers.

(B) A lawyer or law firm associated with

the prosecution or defense of a criminal matter shall not, from the time of the filing of a complaint, information, or indictment, the Issuance of an arrest warrant, or arrest until the commence. ment of the trial or disposition without

trial, make or participate In making an

extrajudicial statement that a reason.

able person would expect to be disseminated

by means of public communica

tion and that relates to:

(1) The character, reputation, or prior criminal record (including arrests, Indictments, or other charges of crime) of the accused.

(2) The possibility of a plea of guilty to the offense charged or to a lesser offense.

(3) The existence or contents of any confession, admission, or statement given by the accused or his refusal or failure to make a statement.

(4) The performance or results of any examinations or tests or the refusal or failure of the accused to submit to examinations or tests.

(5) The Identity, testimony, or credibility of a

prospective witness.

(6) Any opinion as to the guilt or Innocence of the accused, the evidence, or the merits of the case.

7-107 (B) does not preclude a law announcements

(C) DR

(1) The name, age, residence, occupa. tion, and family status of the accused.

(2) If the accused has not been apprehended, any Information necessary to aid In his apprehension or to warn the public of any dangers he may present.

(3) A request for assistance In obtain

Ing evidence.

(4) The Identity of the victim of the

crime.

(5) The fact, time, and place of arrest, resistance, pursuit, and use of weapons.

(6) The Identity of Investigating and arresting officers or agencies and the length of the Investigation.

(7) At the time of cred a description of the physical evidence seized, oth. er than a confession, admission, or statement.

(8) The nature, substance, or text of

the charge.

(9) Quotations from or references to public records of the court In the case.

(10) The scheduling or result of any

step In the judicial proceedings.

(11) That the accused denies the charges

made against him.

(D) During the selection of a jury or the

trial of a criminal matter, a lawyer or

law firm associated with the prosecu

tion or defense of a criminal matter

shall not make or participate In making

an cred statement that a rea.

sonable person would expect to be credseminated by means of public communication and that relates to the trial, parties, or issues in the trial or other matters that are reasonably. likely to Interfere with a fair trial, except that he may quote from or refer without comment to public records of the court in the case.

(E) After the completion of a trial or dis

position without trial of a criminal mat- (1)

ter and prior to the Imposition of sen

tence, a lawyer or law firm associated

with the prosecution or defense shall

not make or participate in making an

extrajudicial statement that a reason

able person would expect to be disseminated by public

communication and

that Is reasonably likely to affect the

Imposition of sentence.

(F) The foregoing provisions of DR 7-107 also apply to professional disciplinary proceedings and juvenile disciplinary proceedings when pertinent and consistent with other law applicable to such proceedings.

(G) A lawyer or law firm associated with a civil action shall not during Its Investigation or litigation make or participate

in making an extrajudicial statement, (B)

other than a quotation from or refer.

ence to public records, that a reasonable

person would expect to be disseminated

by means of public communication and

that relates to:

(1) Evidence regarding the occurrence

or transaction involved.

(2) The character, credibility, or crimainal record of a party, witness, or prospective witness.

(3) The performance or results of any examinations or tests or the refusal or failure of a party to submit to such.

(4) His opinion as to the merits of the claims or defenses of a party, except as required by law or administrative rule.

(5) Any other matter reasonably likely to interfere with a fair trial of the action.

(H) During the pendency of an administra. tive proceeding, a lawyer or law firm associated therewith shall not make or participate In making a statement, other than a quotation from or reference to public records, that a reason: able person would expect to be disseminated by means of public communica. tion If it is made outside the official course of the proceeding and relates to:

(1) Evidence regarding the occurrence

or transaction Involved.

(2) The character, credibility, or criminal record of a party, witness, or prospective witness

(3) Physical evidence or the performance or results of any examinations or tests or the refusal or failure of a party to submit to such.

(4) His opinion as to the merits of the claims, defenses, or positions of an interested person.

(5) Any other matter reasonably likely

to interfere with a fair hearing.

The foregoing provisions of DR 7-107 do not preclude a lawyer from replying to charges of misconduct publicly made against him or from participating in the proceedings of legislative, administrative, or other investigative bodies.

A lawyer shall exercise reasonable care to prevent his employees and associates from making an extrajudicial state. ment that he would be prohibited from making under DR 7-107.

DR 7-108 Communication with or Investigation

gation of Jurors.

(A) Before the trial of a case a lawyer connected therewith shall not communicate with or cause another to communicate with anyone he knows to be a member of the venire from which the jury will be selected for the trial of the case.

During the trial of a case:

(1) A lawyer connected therewith shall not communicate with or cause another to communicate with any member of the jury.

(2) A lawyer who Is not connected therewith shall not communicate with or cause another to communi. cate with a juror concerning the case.

DR 7-108 (A) and (B) do not prohibit a lawyer from communicating with ve. niremen or jurors in the course of offi. cial proceedings.

(D) After discharge of the jury from fur. ther consideration of a case with which the lawyer was connected, the lawyer shall not ask questions of or make comments to a member of that jury that are calculated merely to harass or embarrass the Juror or to Influence his actions in future jury service.

(E) A lawyer shall not conduct or cause, by financial support or otherwise, another to conduct a vexatious or harassing In. vestigation of either a venireman or a juror.

(F) All restrictions Imposed by DR 7.108 upon a lawyer also apply to communi. cations with or Investigations of mem. bers of a family of a venireman or a juror.

(G) A lawyer shall reveal promptly to the court Improper conduct by a venire. man or a juror, or by another toward a venireman or a juror or a member of his family, of which the lawyer has knowledge.

 

DR 7-109 Contact with Witnesses.

(A) A lawyer shall not suppress any evidence that he or his client has a legal obligation to reveal or produce.

(B) A lawyer shall not advise or cause a person to secrete himself or to leave the jurisdiction of a tribunal for the purpose of making him unavailable as a witness therein.

(C) A lawyer shall not pay, offer to pay, or acquiesce in the payment of compensation to a witness contingent upon the content of his testimony or the outcome of the case. But a lawyer may advance, guarantee, or acquiesce in the payment of:

(1) Expenses reasonably incurred by a

witness in attending or testifying.

(2) Reasonable compensation to a wit

ness for his loss of time In attending or

testifying.

(3) A reasonable fee for the professional.

services of an expert witness.

DR 7-110 Contact with Officials.

(A) A lawyer shall not give or lend anything of substantial value to a judge, official or employee of a tribunal.

(B) In an adversary proceeding, a lawyer shall not communicate, or cause another to communicate, as to the merits of the cause with a judge or an official before whom the proceeding is pending, except:

(1) In the course of official proceedings

in the cause.

(2) In writing if he promptly delivers

a copy of the writing to opposing

counsel or to the adverse party if

he is not represented by a lawyer.

(3) Orally upon adequate notice to op

posing counsel or to the adverse

party if he is not represented by a

lawyer.

(4) As otherwise authorized by law.

CANON 8

A Lawyer Should Assist in

Improving the Legal System

ETHICAL CONSIDERATIONS

EC 8-1 Changes in human affairs and imperfections in human institutions make necessary constant efforts to maintain and improve our legal system. This system should function in a manner that commands public respect and fosters the use of legal remedies to achieve redress of grievances. By reason of education and experience, lawyers are especially qualified to recognize deficiencies in the legal system and to initiate corrective measures therein. Thus they should participate in proposing and supporting legislation and programs to improve the system, without regard to the general interests or desires of clients or former clients.

EC 8-2 Rules of law are deficient if they are not just, understandable, and responsive to the needs of society. If a lawyer believes that the existence or absence of a rule of law, substantive or procedural, causes or contributes to an unjust result, he should endeavor by lawful means to obtain appropriate changes in the law. He should encourage the simplification of laws and the repeal or amendment of laws that are outmoded. Likewise, legal procedures should be improved whenever experience indicates a change is needed.

EC 8-3 The fair administration of justice requires the availability of competent lawyers. Members of the public should be educated to recognize the existence of legal problems and the resultant need for legal services, and should be provided methods for intelligent selection of counsel. Those persons unable to pay for legal services

should be provided needed services. Clients and lawyers should not be penalized by undue geographical restraints upon representation in legal matters, and the bar should address itself to improvements in licensing, reciprocity, and admission procedures consistent with the needs of modern commerce.

EC 84 Whenever a lawyer seeks legislative or administrative changes, he should identify the capacity in which he appears, whether on behalf of himself, a client, or the public. A lawyer may advocate such changes on behalf of a client even though he does not agree with them. But when a lawyer purports to act on behalf of the public, he should espouse only those changes which he conscientiously believes to be in the public interest.

EC 8-5 Fraudulent, deceptive, or otherwise illegal conduct by a participant in a proceeding before a tribunal or legislative body is inconsistent with fair administration of justice, and it should never be participated in or condoned by lawyers. Unless constrained by his obligation to preserve the confidences and secrets of his client, a lawyer should reveal to appropriate authorities any knowledge he may have of such improper conduct.

EC 8-6 Judges and administrative officials having adjudicatory powers ought to be persons of integrity, competence, and suitable temperament. Generally, lawyers are qualified, by personal observation or investigation, to evaluate the qualifications of persons seeking or being considered for

 

such public offices, and for this reason they have a special responsibility to aid in the selection of only those who are qualified. It is the duty of lawyers to endeavor to prevent political considerations from outweighing judicial fitness in the selection of judges. Lawyers should protest earnestly against the appointment or election of those who are unsuited for the bench and should strive to have elected or appointed thereto only those who are willing to forego pursuits, whether of a business, political, or other nature, that may interfere with the free and fair consideration of questions presented for adjudication. Adjudicatory officials, not being wholly free to defend themselves, are entitled to receive the support of the bar against unjust criticism. While a lawyer as a citizen has a right to criticize such officials publicly, he should be certain of the merit of his complaint, use appropriate language, and avoid petty criticisms, for unrestrained and intemperate statements tend to lessen public confidence in our legal system. Criticisms motivated by reasons other than a desire to improve the legal system are not justified.

DR 8-101 Action as a Public Official.

(A) A lawyer who holds public office shall

not*

(1) Use his public position to obtain, or attempt to obtain, a special advantage In legislative matters for himself or for a client under circumstances where he knows or It is obvious that such action Is not In the public interest.

(2) Use his public position to influence, or attempt to Influence, a tribunal to act In favor of himself or of a client.

EC 8-7 Since lawyers are a vital part of the legal system, they should be persons of integrity, of professional skill, and of dedication to the improvement of the system. Thus a lawyer should aid in establishing, as well as enforcing, standards of conduct adequate to protect the public by insuring that those who practice law are qualified to do so.

EC 8-8 Lawyers often serve as legislators or as holders of other public offices. This is highly desirable, as lawyers are uniquely qualified to make significant contributions to the improvement of the legal system. A lawyer who is a public officer, whether full or part-time, should not engage in activities in which his personal or professional interests are or foreseeably may be in conflict with his official duties.

EC 8-9 The advancement of our legal system is of vital importance in maintaining the rule of law and in facilitating orderly changes; therefore, lawyers should encourage, and should aid in making, needed changes and improvements.

DISCIPLINARY RULES

(3) Accept any thing of value from any person when the lawyer knows or it Is obvious that the offer is for the purpose of Influencing his action as a public official.

DR 8-102 Statements Concerning Judges

and Other Adjudicatory Officers. (A) A lawyer shall not knowingly make false statements of fact concerning the qualifications of a candidate for election or appointment to a judicial office.

(B) A lawyer shall not knowingly make false accusations against a judge or other adjudicatory officer.

CANON 9

A Lawyer Should Avoid Even the

Appearance of Professional

Impropriety

ETHICAL CONSIDERATIONS

EC 9-1 Continuation of the American concept that we are to be governed by rules of law requires that the people have faith that justice can be obtained through our legal system. A lawyer should promote public confidence in our system and in the legal profession.

EC 9-2 Public confidence in law and lawyers may be eroded by irresponsible or improper conduct of a lawyer. On occasion, ethical conduct of a lawyer may appear to laymen to be unethical. In order to avoid misunderstandings and hence to maintain confidence, a lawyer should fully and promptly inform his client of material developments in the matters being handled for the client. While a lawyer should guard

against otherwise proper conduct that has a tendency to diminish public confidence in the legal system or in the legal profession, his duty to clients or to the public should never be subordinate merely because the full discharge of his obligation may be misunderstood or may tend to subject him or the legal profession to criticism. When explicit ethical guidance does not exist, a lawyer should determine his conduct by acting in a manner that promotes public confidence in the integrity and efficiency of the legal system and the legal profession.

EC 9-3 After a lawyer leaves judicial office or other public employment, he should not accept employment in connection with any matter in which he had substantial respon

 

responsibility prior to his leaving, since to accept employment would give the appearance of impropriety even if none exists.

EC 94 Because the very essence of the legal system is to provide procedures by which matters can be presented in an impartial manner so that they may be decided solely upon the merits, any statement or suggestion by a lawyer that he can or would attempt to circumvent those procedures is detrimental to the legal system and tends to undermine public confidence in it.

EC 9-5 Separation of the funds of a client from those of his lawyer not only serves to protect the client but also avoids even the appearance of impropriety, and therefore commingling of such funds should be avoided.

DR 9-101 Avoiding Even the Appearance

of Impropriety.

(A) A lawyer shall not accept private em. ployment In a matter upon the merits of which he has acted in a judicial capacity.

(B) A lawyer shall not accept private employment In a matter in which he had substantial responsibility while he was a public employee.

A lawyer shall not state or imply that he is able to Influence Improperly or upon irrelevant grounds any tribunal, legislative body, or public official.

DR 9-102 Preserving Identity of Funds

and Property of a Client.

(A) All funds of clients paid to a lawyer or law firm, other than advances for costs and expenses, shall be deposited in one or more identifiable bank accounts maintained in the state in which the law office is situated and no funds be. longing to the lawyer or law firm shall be deposited therein except as follows:

(1) Funds reasonably sufficient to pay bank charges may be deposited therein.

(2) Funds belonging in part to a client

and in part presently or potentially

DEFINITIONS*

As used in the Disciplinary Rules of the (4)

Code of Professional Responsibility:

(1) "Differing Interests" Include every

Interest that will adversely affect

either the judgment or the loyalty

of a lawyer to a client, whether It

be a conflicting, Inconsistent, di

verse, or other interest.

(2) "Law firm" Includes a professional

legal corporation.

(3) "Person" includes a corporation, an

association, a trust, a partnership,

and any other organization or legal

entity.

*"Confidence" and "secret" are defined in DR 4-101 (A).

EC 9-6 Every lawyer owes a solemn duty to uphold the integrity and honor of his profession; to encourage respect for the law and for the courts and the judges thereof; to observe the Code of Professional Responsibility; to act as a member of a learned profession, one dedicated to public service; to cooperate with his brother lawyers in supporting the organized bar through the devoting of his time, efforts, and financial support as his professional standing and ability reasonably permit; to conduct himself so as to reflect credit on the legal profession and to inspire the confidence, respect, and trust of his clients and of the public; and to strive to avoid not only professional impropriety but also the appearance of impropriety.

DISCIPLINARY RULES

to the lawyer or law firm must be deposited therein, but the portion belonging to the lawyer or law firm may be withdrawn when due unless the right of the lawyer or law firm to receive It is disputed by the client, in which event the disputed portion shall not be withdrawn until the dispute is finally resolved.

(B) A lawyer shall:

(1) Promptly notify a client of the receipt of his funds, securities, or other properties.

(2) Identify and label securities and properties of a client promptly upon receipt and place them in a safe deposit box or other place of safekeeping as soon as practicable.

(3) Maintain complete records of all funds, securities, and other prop. erties of a client coming Into the possession of the lawyer and render appropriate accounts to his client regarding them.

(4) Promptly pay or deliver to the client as requested by a client the funds, securities, or other properties In the possession of the lawyer which the client is entitled to receive.

"Professional legal corporation" means a corporation, or an association treated as a corporation, authorized by law to practice law for profit.

(5) "State" includes the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, and other federal territories and possessions.

(6) "Tribunal" Includes all courts and

all other adjudicatory bodies.

(7) "A bar association representative of the general bar" Includes a bar association of specialists as referred to in DR 2-105(A) (1) or (4).

Ethical Framework for Good Practice in Counselling & Psychotherapy (2010)

Organization: British Association for Counselling and Psychotherapy Visit Organization Page
Date Approved: 
February 1, 2010

Disclaimer: Please note the codes in our collection might not necessarily be the most recent versions. Please contact the individual organizations or their websites to verify if a more recent or updated code of ethics is available. CSEP does not hold copyright on any of the codes of ethics in our collection. Any permission to use the codes must be sought from the individual organizations directly.

Ethical Framework for Good Practice in Counselling and Psychotherapy

Ethics for counselling and psychotherapy 


This statement, Ethics for Counselling and Psychotherapy, unifies and replaces all the earlier codes for counsellors, trainers and supervisors. It is intended to guide the practice of counselling and psychotherapy by all members of the British Association for Counselling and Psychotherapy (BACP) and inform the practice of closely related roles that are delivered in association with counselling and psychotherapy or as part of the infrastructure to deliver these services. Being ethically mindful and willing to be accountable for the ethical basis of practice are essential requirements of membership of this Association.

 

In this statement the term ‘practitioner’ is used generically to refer to anyone with responsibility for the provision of counselling or psychotherapy-related services. ‘Practitioner’ includes anyone undertaking the role(s) of counsellor, psychotherapist, trainers and educators for these roles, providers of coaching and mentoring in association with counselling and psychotherapy, supervisors, and practitioner researchers. Members of this Association who are providers of services using counselling skills, embedded counsellors, managers and researchers of therapeutic services, are required to be accountable in accordance with the Ethical Framework in ways appropriate to their role and to communicate appropriately the basis of their ethical accountability and expectations. The term ‘client’ is used as a generic term to refer to the recipient of any of these services. The client may be an individual, couple, family, group, organisation or other specifiable social unit. Alternative names may be substituted for ‘practitioner’ and ‘client’ in the practice setting, according to custom and context. 

 

This statement marks an important development in approach to ethics within the Association. One of the characteristics of contemporary society is the coexistence of different approaches to ethics. This statement reflects this ethical diversity and supports practitioners being responsive to differences in client abilities, needs and culture and taking account of variations between settings and service specialisations by considering:

 

  • Values
  • Principles
  • Personal moral qualities

This selection of ways of expressing ethical commitments does not seek to invalidate other approaches. The presentation of different ways of approaching ethics alongside each other in this statement is intended to draw attention to the limitations of relying too heavily on any single ethical approach. Ethical principles are well suited to examining the justification for particular decisions and actions. However, reliance on principles alone may detract from the importance of the practitioner’s personal qualities and their ethical significance in the counselling or therapeutic relationship. The provision of contextually sensitive and appropriate services is also a fundamental ethical concern. Variations in client needs and cultural diversity differences are often more easily understood and responded to in terms of values. Therefore, professional values are becoming an increasingly significant way of expressing ethical commitment.

 

Values of counselling and psychotherapy  

The fundamental values of counselling and psychotherapy include a commitment to:

  • Respecting human rights and dignity
  • Protecting the safety of clients
  • Ensuring the integrity of practitioner-client relationships
  • Enhancing the quality of professional knowledge and its application
  • Alleviating personal distress and suffering
  • Fostering a sense of self that is meaningful to the person(s) concerned
  • Increasing personal effectiveness
  • Enhancing the quality of relationships between people
  • Appreciating the variety of human experience and culture
  • Striving for the fair and adequate provision of counselling and psychotherapy services

Values inform principles. They represent an important way of expressing a general ethical commitment that becomes more precisely defined and action-orientated when expressed as a principle.

 

Ethical principles of counselling and psychotherapy  

Principles direct attention to important ethical responsibilities. Each principle is described below and is followed by examples of good practice that have been developed in response to that principle.

Ethical decisions that are strongly supported by one or more of these principles without any contradiction from others may be regarded as reasonably well founded. However, practitioners will encounter circumstances in which it is impossible to reconcile all the applicable principles and choosing between principles may be required. A decision or course of action does not necessarily become unethical merely because it is contentious or other practitioners would have reached different conclusions in similar circumstances. A practitioner’s obligation is to consider all the relevant circumstances with as much care as is reasonably possible and to be appropriately accountable for decisions made.

 

Being trustworthy: honouring the trust placed in the practitioner (also referred to as fidelity)
Being trustworthy is regarded as fundamental to understanding and resolving ethical issues. Practitioners who adopt this principle: act in accordance with the trust placed in them; strive to ensure that clients’ expectations are ones that have reasonable prospects of being met; honour their agreements and promises; regard confidentiality as an obligation arising from the client’s trust; restrict any disclosure of confidential information about clients to furthering the purposes for which it was originally disclosed.

 

Autonomy: respect for the client’s right to be self-governing
This principle emphasises the importance of developing a client’s ability to be self-directing within therapy and all aspects of life. Practitioners who respect their clients’ autonomy: ensure accuracy in any advertising or information given in advance of services offered; seek freely given and adequately informed consent; emphasise the value of voluntary participation in the services being offered; engage in explicit contracting in advance of any commitment by the client; protect privacy; protect confidentiality; normally make any disclosures of confidential information conditional on the consent of the person concerned; and inform the client in advance of foreseeable conflicts of interest or as soon as possible after such conflicts become apparent. The principle of autonomy opposes the manipulation of clients against their will, even for beneficial social ends.

 

Beneficence: a commitment to promoting the client’s well-being
The principle of beneficence means acting in the best interests of the client based on professional assessment. It directs attention to working strictly within one’s limits of competence and providing services on the basis of adequate training or experience. Ensuring that the client’s best interests are achieved requires systematic monitoring of practice and outcomes by the best available means. It is considered important that research and systematic reflection inform practice. There is an obligation to use regular and on-going supervision to enhance the quality of the services provided and to commit to updating practice by continuing professional development. An obligation to act in the best interests of a client may become paramount when working with clients whose capacity for autonomy is diminished because of immaturity, lack of understanding, extreme distress, serious disturbance or other significant personal constraints.

 

Non-maleficence: a commitment to avoiding harm to the client

Non-maleficence involves: avoiding sexual, financial, emotional or any other form of client exploitation; avoiding incompetence or malpractice; not providing services when unfit to do so due to illness, personal circumstances or intoxication. The practitioner has an ethical responsibility to strive to mitigate any harm caused to a client even when the harm is unavoidable or unintended. Holding appropriate insurance may assist in restitution. Practitioners have personal and professional responsibility to challenge, where appropriate, the incompetence or malpractice of others; and to contribute to any investigation and/or adjudication concerning professional practice which falls below that of a reasonably competent practitioner and/or risks bringing discredit upon the profession. 

 

Justice: the fair and impartial treatment of all clients and the provision of adequate services
The principle of justice requires being just and fair to all clients and respecting their human rights and dignity. It directs attention to considering conscientiously any legal requirements and obligations, and remaining alert to potential conflicts between legal and ethical obligations. Justice in the distribution of services requires the ability to determine impartially the provision of services for clients and the allocation of services between clients. A commitment to fairness requires the ability to appreciate differences between people and to be committed to equality of opportunity, and avoiding discrimination against people or groups contrary to their legitimate personal or social characteristics. Practitioners have a duty to strive to ensure a fair provision of counselling and psychotherapy services, accessible and appropriate to the needs of potential clients. 


Self-respect: fostering the practitioner’s self-knowledge and care for self
The principle of self-respect means that the practitioner appropriately applies all the above principles as entitlements for self. This includes seeking counselling or therapy and other opportunities for personal development as required. There is an ethical responsibility to use supervision for appropriate personal and professional support and development, and to seek training and other opportunities for continuing professional development. Guarding against financial liabilities arising from work undertaken usually requires obtaining appropriate insurance. The principle of self-respect encourages active engagement in life-enhancing activities and relationships that are independent of relationships in counselling or psychotherapy.
 

Personal moral qualities  
 

The practitioner’s personal moral qualities are of the utmost importance to clients. Many of the personal qualities considered important in the provision of services have an ethical or moral component and are therefore considered as virtues or good personal qualities. It is inappropriate to prescribe that all practitioners possess these qualities, since it is fundamental that these personal qualities are deeply rooted in the person concerned and developed out of personal commitment rather than the requirement of an external authority. Personal qualities to which counsellors and psychotherapists are strongly encouraged to aspire include:
 
Empathy: the ability to communicate understanding of another person’s experience from that person’s perspective.
Sincerity: a personal commitment to consistency between what is professed and what is done.
Integrity: commitment to being moral in dealings with others, personal straightforwardness, honesty and coherence.
Resilience: the capacity to work with the client’s concerns without being personally diminished.
Respect: showing appropriate esteem to others and their understanding of themselves.
Humility: the ability to assess accurately and acknowledge one’s own strengths and weaknesses.
Competence: the effective deployment of the skills and knowledge needed to do what is required.
Fairness: the consistent application of appropriate criteria to inform decisions and actions.
Wisdom: possession of sound judgement that informs practice.
Courage: the capacity to act in spite of known fears, risks and uncertainty.
 

Conclusion 

The challenge of working ethically means that practitioners will inevitably encounter situations where there are competing obligations. In such situations it is tempting to retreat from all ethical analysis in order to escape a sense of what may appear to be unresolvable ethical tension. These ethics are intended to be of assistance in such circumstances by directing attention to the variety of ethical factors that may need to be taken into consideration and to alternative ways of approaching ethics that may prove more useful. No statement of ethics can totally alleviate the difficulty of making professional judgements in circumstances that may be constantly changing and full of uncertainties. By accepting this statement of ethics, members of the British Association for Counselling and Psychotherapy are committing themselves to engaging with the challenge of striving to be ethical, even when doing so involves making difficult decisions or acting courageously.

 

Guidance on good practice in counseling and psychotherapy  

The British Association for Counselling and Psychotherapy is committed to sustaining and advancing good practice. This guidance on the essential elements of good practice has been written to take into account the changing circumstances in which counselling and psychotherapy are now being delivered, in particular:

  • changes in the range of issues and levels of need presented by clients
  • the growth in levels of expertise available from practitioners with the expansion in the availability of training and consultative support/supervision
  • the accumulated experience of this Association from its founding in 1977 after many years as a Standing Conference.

Variations in client needs and the diversity of settings within which counselling and psychotherapy services are delivered have also been carefully considered. Clients vary in their requirements in order to communicate effectively and to gain access to services. Ethically aware services strive to meet these needs and to avoid excluding someone from receiving a service or lowering the quality of that service solely on the grounds of a client’s learning difficulty or physical disability. Services may be provided by the independent practitioner working alone, one or more practitioners working to provide a service within an agency or large organisation, specialists working in multidisciplinary teams, and by specialist teams of counsellors and psychotherapists. Most work is undertaken face to face but there are also a growing number of telephone and online services. Some practitioners are moving between these different settings and modes of delivery during the course of their work and are therefore required to consider what constitutes good practice in different settings. All practitioners encounter the challenge of responding to the diversity of their clients and finding ways of working effectively with them. This statement therefore responds to the complexity of delivering counselling and psychotherapy services in contemporary society by directing attention to significant issues that practitioners ought to consider and resolve in the specific circumstances of their work.

The terms ‘practitioner’ and ‘client’ are used in the same way as defined in Ethics for counselling and psychotherapy (see page 2). Practitioners’ behaviour may vary from these guidelines provided the variation is ethically justifiable; the client is supportive of the variation; it is demonstrably to the benefit of the client; and that practitioners are willing to be appropriately accountable to people affected, and this Association for their practice and the reputation of therapy in general.

 

Providing a good standard of practice and care 

All clients are entitled to good standards of practice and care from their practitioners in counselling and psychotherapy. Good standards of practice and care require professional competence; good relationships with clients and colleagues; and commitment to being ethically mindful through observance of professional ethics.

    

Good quality of care

  1. Good quality of care requires competently delivered services that meet the client’s needs by practitioners who are appropriately supported and accountable.
  2. Practitioners should give careful consideration to the limitations of their training and experience and work within these limits, taking advantage of available professional support. If work with clients requires the provision of additional services operating in parallel with counselling or psychotherapy, the availability of such services ought to be taken into account, as their absence may constitute a significant limitation.
  3. Good practice involves clarifying and agreeing the rights and responsibilities of both the practitioner and client at appropriate points in their working relationship.
  4. Dual relationships arise when the practitioner has two or more kinds of relationship concurrently with a client, for example client and trainee, acquaintance and client, colleague and supervisee. The existence of a dual relationship with a client is seldom neutral and can have a powerful beneficial or detrimental impact that may not always be easily foreseeable. For these reasons practitioners are required to consider the implications of entering into dual relationships with clients, to avoid entering into relationships that are likely to be detrimental to clients, and to be readily accountable to clients and colleagues for any dual relationships that occur.
  5. Practitioners are advised to keep appropriate records of their work with clients unless there are good and sufficient reasons for not keeping any records. All records should be accurate, respectful of clients and colleagues and protected from unauthorised disclosure. Any records should be kept securely and adequately protected from unauthorised intrusion or disclosure. Practitioners should take into account their responsibilities and their clients’ rights under data protection legislation and any other legal requirements.
  6. Clients are entitled to competently delivered services that are periodically reviewed by the practitioner. These reviews may be conducted, when appropriate, in consultation with clients, supervisors, managers or other practitioners with relevant expertise.

    Maintaining competent practice 

  7. All counsellors, psychotherapists, trainers and supervisors are required to have regular and on-going formal supervision/consultative support for their work in accordance with professional requirements. Managers, researchers and providers of counselling skills are strongly encouraged to review their need for professional and personal support and to obtain appropriate services for themselves.
  8. Regularly monitoring and reviewing one’s work is essential to maintaining good practice. It is important to be open to, and conscientious in considering, feedback from colleagues, appraisals and assessments. Responding constructively to feedback helps to advance practice.
  9. A commitment to good practice requires practitioners to keep up to date with the latest knowledge and respond to changing circumstances. They should consider carefully their own need for continuing professional development and engage in appropriate educational activities.
  10. Practitioners should be aware of and understand any legal requirements concerning their work, consider these conscientiously and be legally and professionally accountable for their practice. 

    Keeping trust 

  11. The practice of counselling and psychotherapy depends on gaining and honouring the trust of clients. Keeping trust requires:
    1. attentiveness to the quality of listening and respect offered to clients
    2. culturally appropriate ways of communicating that are courteous and clear
    3. respect for privacy and dignity
    4. careful attention to client consent and confidentiality
  12. Clients should be adequately informed about the nature of the services being offered. Practitioners should obtain adequately informed consent from their clients and respect a client’s right to choose whether to continue or withdraw.
  13. Practitioners should ensure that services are normally delivered on the basis of the client’s explicit consent. Reliance on implicit consent is more vulnerable to misunderstandings and is best avoided unless there are sound reasons for doing so. Overriding a client’s known wishes or consent is a serious matter that requires adequate and reasoned justification. Practitioners should be prepared to be readily accountable to clients, colleagues and this Association if they override a client’s known wishes.
  14. Situations in which clients pose a risk of causing serious harm to themselves or others are particularly challenging for the practitioner. These are situations in which the practitioner should be alert to the possibility of conflicting responsibilities between those concerning their client, other people who may be significantly affected, and society generally. Resolving conflicting responsibilities may require due consideration of the context in which the service is being provided. Consultation with a supervisor or experienced practitioner is strongly recommended, whenever this would not cause undue delay. In all cases, the aim should be to ensure for the client a good quality of care that is as respectful of the client’s capacity for self-determination and their trust as circumstances permit.
  15. Working with young people requires specific ethical awareness and competence. The practitioner is required to consider and assess the balance between young people’s dependence on adults and carers and their progressive development towards acting independently. Working with children and young people requires careful consideration of issues concerning their capacity to give consent to receiving any service independently of someone with parental responsibilities and the management of confidences disclosed by clients.
  16. Practitioners should normally be willing to respond to their client’s requests for information about the way that they are working and any assessment that they may have made. This professional requirement may not apply if it is considered that imparting this information would be detrimental to the client or inconsistent with the counselling or psychotherapeutic approach previously agreed with the client. Clients may have legal rights to this information and these need to be taken into account.
  17. Practitioners must not abuse their client’s trust in order to gain sexual, emotional, financial or any other kind of personal advantage. Sexual relations with clients are prohibited. ‘Sexual relations’ include intercourse, any other type of sexual activity or sexualised behaviour. Practitioners should think carefully about, and exercise considerable caution before, entering into personal or business relationships with former clients and should expect to be professionally accountable if the relationship becomes detrimental to the client or the standing of the profession.
  18. Practitioners should not allow their professional relationships with clients to be prejudiced by any personal views they may hold about lifestyle, gender, age, disability, race, sexual orientation, beliefs or culture.
  19. Practitioners should be clear about any commitment to be available to clients and colleagues and honour these commitments.

    Respecting privacy and confidentiality 

  20. Respecting clients’ privacy and confidentiality are fundamental requirements for keeping trust and respecting client autonomy. The professional management of confidentiality concerns the protection of personally identifiable and sensitive information from unauthorised disclosure. Disclosure may be authorised by client consent or the law. Any disclosures of client confidences should be undertaken in ways that best protect the client’s trust and respect client autonomy.
  21. Communications made on the basis of client consent do not constitute a breach of confidentiality. Client consent is the ethically preferred way of resolving any dilemmas over confidentiality.
  22. Exceptional circumstances may prevent the practitioner from seeking client consent to a breach of confidence due to the urgency and seriousness of the situation, for example, preventing the client causing serious harm to self or others. In such circumstances the practitioner has an ethical responsibility to act in ways which balance the client’s right to confidentiality against the need to communicate with others. Practitioners should expect to be ethically accountable for any breach of confidentiality.

    Teaching and training 

  23. Confidential information about clients may be shared within teams where the client has consented or knowingly accepted a service on this basis; the information can be adequately protected from unauthorised further disclosures; and the disclosure enhances the quality of service available to clients or improves service delivery.
  24. Practitioners should be willing to be accountable to their clients and to their profession for their management of confidentiality in general and particularly for any disclosures made without their client’s consent. Good records of existing policy and practice and of situations where the practitioner has breached confidentiality without client consent, greatly assist ethical accountability. In some situations the law forbids the practitioner informing the client that confidential information has been passed to the authorities, nonetheless the practitioner remains ethically accountable to colleagues and the profession.
  25. All practitioners are encouraged to share their professional knowledge and practice for the benefit of their clients and to promote awareness of counselling and psychotherapy in the public through providing information and education. 
  26. Practitioners who provide formal education and training should acquire the skills, attitudes and knowledge required to be competent teachers and facilitators of learning in their subject. 
  27. Practitioners are required to be fair, accurate and honest in their assessments of their students.
  28. Prior consent is required from clients if they are to be observed, recorded or if their personally identifiable disclosures are to be used for training purposes.
  29. All training in counselling and psychotherapy should model standards and practice consistent with those expected of practitioners in the role for which the training is being provided. 
  30. All trainers and educators in counselling and psychotherapy have a responsibility to protect the standards of the profession. Trainers are responsible for taking reasonable steps to prevent clients being exposed to risk or harm by trainees.
  31. Where information is held by more than one person involved in the assessment of a trainee, it should normally be shared to produce the fairest possible evaluation of the person concerned. Any confidentiality agreements between trainers and trainees ought to be established in ways that permit the appropriate sharing of information for assessment and the protection of clients.

    Supervising and managing 

  32. Practitioners are responsible for clarifying who holds responsibility for the work with the client.
  33. There is a general obligation for all counsellors, psychotherapists, supervisors and trainers to receive supervision/consultative support independently of any managerial relationships.
  34. Supervisors and managers have a responsibility to maintain and enhance good practice by practitioners, to protect clients from poor practice and to acquire the attitudes, skills and knowledge required by their role.
  35. Supervisors and managers may form a triangular relationship with a counsellor or psychotherapist, particularly where services are being provided within an agency. All parties to this relationship have a responsibility to clarify their expectations of each other and, in particular, the steps that ought to be taken to address any concerns over client safety. The role of an independent supervisor is widely considered to be desirable in promoting good practice but, to be most effective, requires clarity in how such a role relates to line management and the division of tasks and responsibilities between a supervisor and any line manager.

    Researching 

  36. The Association is committed to fostering research that will inform and develop practice. All practitioners are encouraged to support research undertaken on behalf of the profession and to participate actively in research work. 
  37. All research should be undertaken with rigorous attentiveness to the quality and integrity both of the research itself and of the dissemination of the results of the research.
  38. The rights of all research participants should be carefully considered and protected. The minimum rights include the right to freely given and informed consent, and the right to withdraw at any point. A client’s entitlement to receiving a service should not be affected by their willingness or refusal to participate in research.
  39. The research methods used should comply with the standards of good practice in counselling and psychotherapy and must not adversely affect clients.

    Fitness to practise

  40. Practitioners have a responsibility to monitor and maintain their fitness to practise at a level that enables them to provide an effective service. If their effectiveness becomes impaired for any reason, including health or personal circumstances, they should seek the advice of their supervisor, experienced colleagues or line manager and, if necessary, withdraw from practice until their fitness to practise returns. Suitable arrangements should be made for clients who are adversely affected. 

    If things go wrong with own clients 

  41. Practitioners should respond promptly and appropriately to any complaint received from their clients. An appropriate response in agency-based services would take account of any agency policy and procedures.
  42. Practitioners should endeavour to remedy any harm they may have caused to their clients and to prevent any further harm. An apology may be the appropriate response.
  43. Practitioners should discuss, with their supervisor, manager or other experienced practitioner(s), the circumstances in which they may have harmed a client in order to ensure that the appropriate steps have been taken to mitigate any harm and to prevent any repetition.
  44. Practitioners are strongly encouraged to ensure that their work is adequately covered by insurance for professional indemnity and liability.
  45. If practitioners consider that they have acted in accordance with good practice but their client is not satisfied that this is the case, they may wish to use independent dispute resolution, for example: seeking a second professional opinion, mediation, or conciliation where this is both appropriate and practical.
  46. Clients should be informed about the existence of the Professional Conduct Procedure of this Association and any other applicable complaints or disciplinary procedures. If requested to do so, practitioners should inform their clients about how they may obtain further information concerning these procedures.

    Responsibilities to all clients 

  47. Practitioners have a responsibility to protect clients when they have good reason for believing that other practitioners are placing them at risk of harm.
  48. They should raise their concerns with the practitioner concerned in the first instance, unless it is inappropriate to do so. If the matter cannot be resolved, they should review the grounds for their concern and the evidence available to them and, when appropriate, raise their concerns with the practitioner’s manager, agency or professional body.
  49. If they are uncertain what to do, their concerns should be discussed with an experienced colleague, a supervisor or raised with this Association.
  50. All members of this Association share a responsibility to take part in its professional conduct procedures whether as the person complained against or as the provider of relevant information. 

    Working with colleagues 
    The increasing availability of counselling and psychotherapy means that most practitioners have other practitioners working in their locality, or may be working closely with colleagues within specialised or multidisciplinary teams. The quality of the interactions between practitioners can enhance or undermine the claim that counselling and psychotherapy enable clients to increase their insight and expertise in personal relationships. This is particularly true for practitioners who work in agencies or teams.

    Working in teams  

  51. Professional relationships should be conducted in a spirit of mutual respect. Practitioners should endeavour to attain good working relationships and systems of communication that enhance services to clients at all times.
  52. Practitioners should treat all colleagues fairly and foster equality opportunity.
  53. They should not allow their professional relationships with colleagues to be prejudiced by their own personal views about a colleague’s lifestyle, gender, age, disability, race, sexual orientation, beliefs or culture. It is unacceptable and unethical to discriminate against colleagues on any of these grounds.
  54. Practitioners must not undermine a colleague’s relationships with clients by making unjustified or unsustainable comments.
  55. All communications between colleagues about clients should be on a professional basis and thus purposeful, respectful and consistent with the management of confidences as declared to clients.

    Awareness of Context 

  56. The practitioner is responsible for learning about and taking account of the different protocols, conventions and customs that can pertain to different working contexts and cultures.
  57. All routine referrals to colleagues and other services should be discussed with the client in advance and the client’s consent obtained both to making the referral and also to disclosing information to accompany the referral. Reasonable care should be taken to ensure that:
  58. the recipient of the referral is able to provide the required service;
    1. any confidential information disclosed during the referral process will be adequately protected;
    2. the referral will be likely to benefit the client.
  59. Prior to accepting a referral the practitioner should give careful consideration to:
    1. the appropriateness of the referral;
    2. the likelihood that the referral will be beneficial to the client;
    3.  the adequacy of the client’s consent for the referral.
  60. If the referrer is professionally required to retain overall responsibility for the work with the client, it is considered to be professionally appropriate to provide the referrer with brief progress reports. Such reports should be made in consultation with clients and not normally against their explicit wishes. 

    Probity in professional ethics 
    Ensuring the probity of practice is important both to those who are directly affected but also to the standing of the profession as a whole.

    Providing clients with adequate information

  61. Practitioners are responsible for clarifying the terms on which their services are being offered in advance of the client incurring any financial obligation or other reasonably foreseeable costs or liabilities.
  62. All information about services should be honest, accurate, avoid unjustifiable claims, and be consistent with maintaining the good standing of the profession.
  63. Particular care should be taken over the integrity of presenting qualifications, accreditation and professional standing.

    Financial arrangements 

  64. Practitioners are required to be honest, straightforward and accountable in all financial matters
    concerning their clients and other professional relationships.
    Conflicts of interest
     
    Conflicts of interest  
  65. Conflicts of interest are best avoided, provided they can be reasonably foreseen in the first instance
    and prevented from arising. In deciding how to respond to conflicts of interest, the protection of the
    client’s interests and maintaining trust in the practitioner should be paramount.
    Care of self as a practitioner
    Attending to the practitioner’s well-being is essential to sustaining good practice. 
  66. Practitioners have a responsibility to themselves to ensure that their work does not become
    detrimental to their health or well-being by ensuring that the way that they undertake their work
    is as safe as possible and that they seek appropriate professional support and services as the
    need arises. 
  67. Practitioners are entitled to be treated with proper consideration and respect that is consistent with
    this Guidance.

Professional Conduct Procedure 

It is the responsibility of all Members and Complainants to ensure that they fully understand the Professional Conduct Procedure and the associated protocols. This procedure forms an essential part of BACP’s commitment to the protection of the public. Members are required to inform any client who indicates that they have a complaint or grievance about the existence of this procedure and any other applicable complaints or disciplinary procedures. If requested to do so, practitioners should inform their clients about how they may obtain further information concerning these procedures. Further information may be obtained by contacting the Professional Conduct Department at BACP directly; alternatively, all documentation is available on the BACP website at www.bacp.co.uk.

 

1 Introduction  

1.1 Aim
The aim of the Professional Conduct Procedure is to provide complainants with an open and transparent route of remedy where complaints are made against members of this Association. In processing such complaints, the Association aims to protect members of the public, the name and reputation of BACP and the professions referred to within the Ethical Framework.

 

1.2 Bringing a complaint
A complaint can be brought by either:

a) a member of the public who has sought or received a service provided by a member of the Association; or

b) a current member of the Association who may bring complaints for services sought or received directly from another member; or who has witnessed poor practice delivered by another member; or on behalf of another where their written permission has been obtained and where that person is unable to bring the complaint on their own behalf (explanation is required in writing as to the nature of the inability); or

c) a legal guardian or other appropriately authorised adult on behalf of a minor and/or an adult lacking legal capacity for services sought or received; or

d) a third party who can demonstrate sufficient interest and who has been directly affected by the actions of the practitioner, subject to the protocol on third party complaints.

 

1.3 Complaints against non-members


The Association cannot deal with complaints against individuals or organisations that were not members of the Association at the time of the alleged misconduct and/or are not current members of the Association.

 

1.4 Complaints against members

A complaint made against a member and brought within the timescale detailed below, may cover the entirety of the professional relationship in so far as the member concerned was a member of the Association at the time of the alleged professional misconduct.

 

1.5 Timescale
A complaint must be submitted either:

a) within three years of the ending of the professional relationship; or

b) within three years of the date when the Complainant reasonably became aware of the alleged professional misconduct. The Complainant must provide a written explanation as to when/how they became aware and this will be considered by the Pre-Hearing Assessment Panel which will decide if the explanation given is good and/or sufficient; or

c) within a reasonable time of the alleged professional misconduct.

The Association will not consider any complaints where the substantive matters have previously been considered by the Association under these procedures, unless there is overwhelming and compelling new evidence which suggests that the case should be reconsidered.

 

1.6 Records
All records will be kept for a period of seven years. The Association reserves the right to reconsider complaints previously submitted when similar/other complaints subsequently arise that give good reason to suggest that the practitioner’s continuing membership should be considered under Article 4.6 of the Memorandum & Articles of Association. 

Where the outcome of a complaint has resulted in withdrawal of membership of the Association, all records will be kept unless and/or until such time as the person concerned has successfully re-applied for membership of the Association. Such records will be considered in any re-application for membership of the Association.

 

1.7 Administration
The administration of the Professional Conduct Procedure will follow the protocols laid down and as amended from time to time by the Association. These will be administered by the Head of Professional Conduct.

There is benefit in furthering the charitable aims of the Association by carrying out audits and/or research into complaints. The data from complaints will be processed for the purposes of research and statistical analysis. Where this work is carried out, either by BACP or a third party, under strict protocols of confidentiality, the confidentiality of the parties concerned will be respected and any published research and/or analysis will not contain any personally identifiable information.

 

1.8 Expenses
The Association is not responsible for travel or any other expenses incurred either by the Complainant or the Member Complained Against or any support person/representative in connection with any stage of the complaint. The Association cannot order one party in a complaint to pay another party’s costs.

However, where a witness is called by the Chair of the Panel, BACP will reimburse reasonable travel expenses upon the production of valid receipts and completion of an expense claim form. 

 

1.9 Dual accountability
The Association may decide to hear a complaint against a member when another organisation is involved in a similar process arising out of the same substantive matters. Where information is received for consideration under the Professional Conduct Procedure and where it is known that the member concerned is also a member of another professional body, the Association reserves the right to formally notify any other organisation of the issues being considered.

 

1.10 Resolution
Before submitting a complaint to BACP, the Complainant is expected to attempt to resolve the issue with the individual or organisational Member Complained Against and details of any attempt at resolution should be included with the complaint. If local resolution is not possible/feasible or is considered inappropriate in the particular circumstances of the case, the Complainant will be required to provide a written explanation as to why this is the case.

 

1.11 Complaints and findings
The Association reserves the right to notify other professional bodies and/or agencies about complaints and to distribute any findings upheld against a member, where it considers it right and just to do so in all circumstances.

 

2 Making A Complaint

2.1 The complaint
The complaint must satisfy the following conditions:

a) The Complainant must provide a detailed account of the practice giving rise to the complaint, together with details of dates when the event(s) occurred. Reference may be made to the standards of practice outlined in the Ethical Framework for Good Practice in Counselling and Psychotherapy and/or the relevant Codes of Ethics and Practice in force at the time, together with all supporting evidence as appropriate. Reference may also be made to the Ethical guidelines for researching counselling and psychotherapy, as appropriate.

b) The individual or organisational Member Complained Against is named and is a current member of the Association and was a member of the Association at the time the alleged breach occurred.

c) It is in writing, dated, signed and received by the Head of Professional Conduct.

A complaint not satisfying the above conditions will not be accepted or processed under these procedures.

 

2.2 Notification 

The Member Complained Against will be notified that a complaint has been received, given a copy of that complaint and details of the procedure to be followed. The Member Complained Against is not required to respond at this stage, but will be given an opportunity at a later stage if the complaint is accepted under the formal Professional Conduct Procedure (as set out in section 3).

 

2.3 Receipt of a complaint
The complaint will be submitted to a Pre-Hearing Assessment Panel, whereupon the Panel will decide:

a) whether to accept the complaint to be dealt with at a Professional Conduct Hearing, refer it back for further information/clarification or reject it. The Panel has discretion to interview the Complainant and/or Member Complained Against if deemed appropriate;

b) if further information/clarification is requested, upon receipt of same, the complaint will be re-submitted to the Pre-Hearing Assessment Panel which will decide whether to accept it or reject it;

c) once the complaint is accepted, the Complainant and Member Complained Against will be formally notified of this decision in writing. The Head of Professional Conduct will then start the formal Professional Conduct Procedure (as set out in section 3);

d) if the complaint is not accepted by the Pre-Hearing Assessment Panel, the Complainant and Member Complained Against will be formally notified of this decision in writing.

 

2.4 Appeal following decision of the Pre-Hearing Assessment Panel
The Complainant may appeal against the decision of the Pre-Hearing Assessment Panel. An appeal must be received by the Head of Professional Conduct within 14 days of notification of the Panel’s decision. The Complainant can appeal on the following grounds:

a) the decision was made against the weight of evidence;

b) there is new evidence that was not available at the time of the Pre-Hearing Assessment Panel (subject to the conditions laid down in the relevant protocol).

The intention to appeal must be accompanied by the evidence to support the submission.

The ground(s) of appeal, together with the original submissions and any new evidence considered by the Pre-Hearing Assessment Panel, will be considered by an independent Appeal Assessor. The Appeal Assessor’s decision will be final.

 

3 The Formal Professional Conduct Procedure

3.1 Acceptance of complaint
The Complainant and Member Complained Against will be notified in writing that the complaint will proceed to a Professional Conduct Hearing.

 

3.2 Responding to a formal complaint
The Member Complained Against will be notified of the acceptance of the complaint and will have 28 days to respond to it, having previously been supplied with a copy of the complaint. The Member Complained Against will also be furnished with any further information submitted by the Complainant and considered by the Pre-Hearing Assessment Panel. Any response to the complaint must be forwarded to the Head of Professional Conduct.

 

3.3 Evidence
All evidence submitted for the purpose of the Professional Conduct Hearing, by either the Complainant or the Member Complained Against, shall be available to the parties involved in the complaint. The Head of Professional Conduct will distribute to the parties copies of all submissions made.

 

3.4 Conduct
It is the duty of the parties taking part in the Professional Conduct Procedure to comply with the implementation of the Professional Conduct Procedure. Such persons shall comply with the relevant protocols as laid down by the Association. Any failure to comply may result in the termination of the Professional Conduct Procedure or withdrawal of membership under Article 4.6 of the Memorandum and Articles of Association. 

 

3.5 Lapsed membership
Failure to renew membership by a Member Complained Against during the course of a complaint will not normally terminate the Professional Conduct Procedure. 

A member’s resignation from membership of the Association will not normally terminate nor invalidate the processing and/or hearing of a complaint by the Association.

 

4 The Professional Conduct Hearing

4.1 Venue
Professional Conduct Hearings will be held at a neutral venue within the vicinity of the Association’s headquarters, other than in exceptional circumstances.

 

4.2 Professional Conduct Panel
The Head of Professional Conduct will appoint an independently constituted panel of not less than three persons, including lay representation, to hear the complaint.

 

4.3 Declaration of interest
Members of the Professional Conduct Panel have a duty to declare any interest which may be considered by the Head of Professional Conduct to affect their impartiality, or likely to be thought so to do.

 

4.4 Purpose
The purpose of the Professional Conduct Hearing is for the Professional Conduct Panel to examine all the written and oral evidence presented by both parties and decide whether the complaint is proved or not. If proved, the Panel will decide whether or not any sanction should be imposed.

 

4.5 Presence of a representative/support person
When appearing at the Professional Conduct Hearing, the Complainant and Member Complained Against may each be accompanied by a representative who may support and/or speak on behalf of the party concerned. Such details of a representative/support person must be received by the Head of Professional Conduct not less than 28 days prior to the date fixed for the Professional Conduct Hearing.

 

4.6 Additional evidence 
Written evidence and/or submissions and witness statements must be submitted in advance by the Complainant and the Member Complained Against. Such papers must be received by the Head of Professional Conduct not less than 28 days prior to the date fixed for the Professional Conduct Hearing. Such papers will be circulated to the Professional Conduct Panel, the Complainant and the Member Complained Against, within a reasonable period prior to the Hearing. The Chair of the Professional Conduct Panel may take advice on these papers and/or procedural matters from the Head of Professional Conduct or such relevant person as may be deemed appropriate.

 

4.7 New evidence
The Chair of the Professional Conduct Panel will determine whether or not new evidence will be accepted on the day of the Hearing. The decision will be based on the conditions laid down in the relevant protocol. The Chair of the Professional Conduct Panel may take advice on such matters from the Head of Professional Conduct.

 

4.8 Attendance by witnesses
A witness can only be called if the witness has supplied a written statement contained within the parties’ submissions to BACP. Parties wishing to call witnesses must notify the Head of Professional Conduct of the names and details of such witnesses not less than 28 days prior to the date fixed for the Hearing. The Chair of the Panel will only permit the attendance of a witness if the Panel considers their written statement requires further clarification. The Professional Conduct Panel, Complainant and Member Complained Against may call witnesses to attend the Hearing. The Chair of the Panel has discretion to refuse attendance by a witness if it is reasonably believed that such attendance is not relevant and/or will not add any weight to the issue(s) being considered. Witnesses may be questioned by the Panel and by either party connected with the case. 

 

4.9 Failure to attend the Professional Conduct Hearing
Where a Complainant or Member Complained Against fails or refuses to attend a Professional Conduct Hearing, the Head of Professional Conduct has the power to decide to either:

a) proceed with the Hearing in the absence of one or both of the parties; or
b) adjourn the Hearing to a date not less than 28 days in advance; or
c) terminate the proceedings; or
d) refer the matter for consideration under Article 4.6 of the Memorandum & Articles of Association.
 

4.10 Notification of findings
The decision of the Professional Conduct Panel will be notified in writing to the parties within 28 days of the Professional Conduct Hearing.

The entirety of the decision of the Professional Conduct Panel, together with the details of any sanction, will be published on the Association’s website and in its journal.

 

5 Sanction

5.1 The Professional Conduct Panel, having regard to the findings, may impose one or more of the sanctions detailed in the relevant protocol.

The Head of Professional Conduct will appoint an independently constituted Sanction Panel which will consist of not less than three people, usually two members of the Association and one lay member, to consider any evidence of compliance.

 

5.2 Lifting of sanction
The Sanction Panel will decide if the requirements of the sanction have been fulfilled and thus, whether the sanction should be lifted.

The Member Complained Against will be notified in writing of any decision made. Where a sanction has been successfully complied with and, thus, lifted, a Sanction Compliance Notice will be published on the Association’s website and in its journal.

 

5.3 Failure or refusal to comply with sanction

Failure or refusal to comply with a sanction may result in membership of the Association being withdrawn immediately. The Chair of the Association will notify the Member Complained Against of any such decision in writing. In such circumstances, a Withdrawal of Membership Notice will be published on the Association’s website and in its journal.

 

6 Formal Appeal Procedure

6.1 The Member Complained Against may appeal on the ground(s) detailed in paragraph 6.5. An appeal against the decision of the Professional Conduct Panel must be submitted in writing by the deadline given (see paragraph 6.6), be accompanied by any supporting documentation and submitted to the Head of Professional Conduct.

6.2 The ground(s) for appeal will be considered by an independent Appeal Assessor who will decide whether the appeal should be accepted to go forward to an Appeal Hearing or not.

6.3 If leave to appeal is accepted under paragraph 6.2, a notice to that effect shall be given to the Head of Professional Conduct and the case will proceed to an Appeal Hearing, where the appeal will be considered by an independent Appeal Panel, as set out in Section 7. The Appellant  and the Complainant will be notified of this decision and given details of the procedure to be followed.

6.4 If there is insufficient evidence to satisfy any of the ground(s) for appeal, the leave to appeal will be rejected. The Appellant and the Complainant will be notified in writing of this decision which will be final.

6.5 An appeal will be considered on any of the following ground(s):

a) the facts were found against the weight of evidence;

b) the sanction is disproportionate to the findings and decision of the Professional Conduct Panel and is unjust in all the circumstances; 

c) there is evidence to suggest that a procedural impropriety may have had a material affect on the findings and decision of the Professional Conduct Panel;

d) there is new evidence which was not available at the time of the Professional Conduct Hearing, subject to the conditions laid down in the relevant protocol.

 

6.6 Timescale for appeal
An appeal must be in writing, and must specify which ground(s) it is submitted under and be accompanied by any supporting documentation and served upon the Head of Professional Conduct within 28 days of notification of the findings and decision and/or sanction of the Professional Conduct Panel.

 

7 Appeal Hearing

7.1 Venue
Appeal hearings will be held at a neutral venue within the vicinity of the Association’s headquarters, other than in exceptional circumstances.

 

7.2 Appeal Panel
The Head of Professional Conduct will appoint an independently constituted panel of not less than three persons, including lay representation, to decide the appeal.

 

7.3 Declaration of interest
Members of an appeal panel have a duty to declare any interest which may be considered by the Head of Professional Conduct to affect their impartiality, or likely to be thought so to do.

 

7.4 Purpose
The purpose of an appeal hearing is for an appeal panel to examine all the written and oral evidence presented by both parties to decide whether the appeal is upheld or not.

 

7.5 Format of the Appeal Hearing
The Appeal Hearing will be by way of a review of the Professional Conduct Panel’s decision in light of the evidence put before it. The Appeal Panel will then consider the appeal documentation in its entirety, together with any verbal submissions and mitigating factors before reaching its decision.

 

7.6 Presence of a representative/support person
When appearing at the Appeal Hearing, both parties may be accompanied by a representative who may support and/or speak on behalf of the party concerned. Such details of a representative/support person must be received by the Head of Professional Conduct not less than 28 days prior to the date fixed for the Appeal Hearing.

 

7.7 Additional evidence
Written evidence and/or submissions and witness statements must be submitted in advance by the Appellant and the Complainant. Such papers must be received by the Head of Professional Conduct not less than 28 days prior to the date fixed for the Appeal Hearing. Such papers will be circulated to the Appeal Panel, the Appellant and the Complainant, within a reasonable period prior to the Hearing. The Chair of the Appeal Panel may take advice on these papers and/or procedural matters from the Head of Professional Conduct, or such relevant person as may be deemed appropriate.

 

7.8 New evidence
The Chair of the Appeal Panel will determine whether or not new evidence will be accepted on the day of the Appeal Hearing. The decision will be based on the conditions laid down in the relevant protocol. The Chair of the Appeal Panel may take advice on such matters from the Head of Professional Conduct. 

 

7.9 Attendance by witnesses
A witness can only be called if the witness has supplied a written statement contained within the parties’ submissions to BACP. Parties wishing to call witnesses must notify the Head of Professional Conduct of the names and details of such witnesses not less than 28 days prior to the date fixed for the Hearing. The Chair of the Appeal Panel will only permit the attendance of a witness if the Panel considers that their written statement requires further clarification. The Appeal Panel, Appellant and Complainant may call witnesses to attend the Hearing. The Chair of the Appeal Panel has discretion to refuse attendance by a witness if it is reasonably believed that such attendance is not relevant and/or will not add any weight to the issue(s) being considered. Witnesses may be questioned by the Panel and by either party connected with the case.

 

7.10 Failure to attend the Appeal Hearing
Where an Appellant fails or refuses to attend an Appeal Hearing, the Head of Professional Conduct has the power to decide to either:

a) proceed with the Hearing in the absence of the Appellant; or
b) adjourn the Hearing to a date not less 28 days in advance; or
c) refer the matter for consideration under Article 4.6 of the Memorandum & Articles of Association.
 

7.11 Notification of decision
The decision of the Appeal Panel will be notified to the parties in writing within 28 days of the Appeal Hearing.

Where an Appeal has not been successful, in whole or in part, the decision of the Appeal Panel, including details of any sanction, incorporating any amendment(s) made by the Appeal Panel, will be published on the Association’s website and in its journal.

If the decision is that the Appellant’s membership of the Association should be withdrawn, the Head of Professional Conduct will communicate this decision to the Chair of the Association  who, in turn, will formally notify the Appellant in writing and implement the Panel’s decision. This decision will be final.

 

8 Publication

8.1 Where a complaint is upheld in whole or in part, the decision of the Professional Conduct and/or Appeal Panel, together with details of any sanction, will be published on the Association’s website and in its journal in such detail as deemed appropriate to the findings.

8.2 The withdrawal of membership under the Professional Conduct Procedure will be published on the Association’s website, in its journal and elsewhere as it considers appropriate and just to do so, and in the interests of public protection.

8.3 Under these procedures, any notification that the Association is entitled to publish on its website and in its journal may be published elsewhere by the Association at its discretion and in the interests of public protection.

 

9 Effective Date

This Professional Conduct Procedure 2010 will apply to all complaints received by the Association from 1 February 2010. 

 

Heads of Complaint  

The Professional Conduct Panel is responsible for determining whether the ground(s) of the complaint are upheld or not, according to the standards of civil law. If upheld, the Panel has to consider its decision and make a finding under one or more of the following heads of complaint. The decision about the head must ultimately rest upon consideration of all the circumstances in the case. The information that follows is intended to inform the choice between the three heads of complaint available to the Panel. These are:

  1. Professional Misconduct
  2. Professional Malpractice
  3. Bringing the Profession into Disrepute

Professional Misconduct
A finding of professional misconduct signifies that the practitioner has contravened the ethical and behavioural standards that should reasonably be expected of a member of this profession. Misconduct is defined as acting in contravention of the written and unwritten guidance of the profession.

A finding of serious professional misconduct is appropriate if the misconduct is of sufficient seriousness to merit a period of suspension of rights of membership and/or the withdrawal of membership of the Association.

 

Professional Malpractice
A finding of professional malpractice signifies that the service(s) for which the practitioner is responsible have fallen below the standards that would reasonably be expected of a practitioner exercising reasonable care and skill. Examples of malpractice include, but are not restricted to:

  1. Incompetence
  2. Negligence
  3. Recklessness
  4. The provision of inadequate professional services

A finding of serious professional malpractice is appropriate if the malpractice is of sufficient seriousness to merit a period of suspension of rights of membership and/or the withdrawal of membership of the Association.

 

Bringing the Profession into Disrepute
A finding of bringing the profession into disrepute signifies that the practitioner has acted in such an infamous or disgraceful way that the public’s trust in the profession might reasonably be undermined, or might reasonably be undermined if they were accurately informed about all the circumstances of the case.

A finding under this head must amount to ‘disgraceful conduct in a professional respect’. This involves consideration of three elements:

Conduct that is regarded as ‘disgraceful’ need not amount to moral turpitude or be restricted to acts of serious immorality.

The conduct must have had some connection with a professional role in order to be considered as falling ‘in a professional respect’. It ought not to be concerned with matters that can reasonably be viewed as solely personal and private.

Conduct ‘in a professional respect’ is not confined to the pursuit of the profession in question.

What is not considered to be disgraceful to an ordinary person may be considered to be disgraceful to a professional person.

A finding of bringing the profession into disrepute will result in withdrawal of membership.

 

Principles for AMHCA Code of Ethics (2010)

Organization: American Mental Health Counselors Association (AMHCA) Visit Organization Page
Source: Principles for AMHCA Code of Ethics Visit Source Page
Date Approved: 
2010

Disclaimer: Please note the codes in our collection might not necessarily be the most recent versions. Please contact the individual organizations or their websites to verify if a more recent or updated code of ethics is available. CSEP does not hold copyright on any of the codes of ethics in our collection. Any permission to use the codes must be sought from the individual organizations directly.

Principles for AMHCA Code of Ethics

 AMHCA Preamble

The American Mental Health Counselors Association (AMHCA) represents mental health counselors. As the professional counseling organization of mental health counselors, AMHCA subscribes to rigorous standards for education, training and clinical practice. Mental health counselors are committed to increasing knowledge of human behavior and understanding of themselves and others. AMHCA members are highly skilled professionals who provide a full range of counseling services in a variety of settings. Members believe in the dignity and worth of the individual and make every reasonable effort to protect human welfare. To this end, AMHCA establishes and promotes the highest professional standards. Mental health counselors subscribe to and pledge to abide by the principles identified in the Code of Ethics.
 
This code is a document intended as a guide to: assist members to make sound ethical decisions; to define ethical behaviors and best practices for Association members; to support the mission of the Association; and to educate members, students and the public at large regarding the ethical standards of mental health counselors. Mental health counselors are expected to utilize carefully considered ethical-decision making processes when faced with ethical dilemmas.
 
I. Commitment to Clients

A. Counselor-Client Relationship

1. Primary Responsibility
 
Mental health counselors value objectivity and integrity in their commitment to understanding human behavior, and they maintain the highest standards in providing mental health counseling services.
 
a) The primary responsibility of mental health counselors is to respect client dignity and promote client welfare.
 
b) Mental health counselors are clear with clients about the parameters of the counseling relationship. In a professional disclosure statement, they provide information about expectations and responsibilities of both counselor and client in the counseling process, their professional orientation and values regarding the counseling process, emergency procedures, supervision (as applicable) and business practices.  Information is also provided regarding client rights and contact information for the state counseling licensure authority.

2. Confidentiality
 
Mental health counselors have a primary obligation to safeguard information about individuals obtained in the course of practice, teaching, or research. Personal information is communicated to others only with the person's consent, preferably written, or in those circumstances, as dictated by state laws. Disclosure of counseling information is restricted to what is necessary, relevant and verifiable.
 
a) Confidentiality is a right granted to all clients of mental health counseling services. From the onset of the counseling relationship, mental health counselors inform clients of these rights including legal limitations and exceptions.
 
b) The information in client records belongs to the client and shall not be shared without permission granted through a formal release of information. In the event that a client requests that information in his or her record be shared, mental health counselors educate clients to the implications of sharing the materials.
 
c) The release of information without consent of the client may only take place under the most extreme circumstances: the protection of life (suicidality or homicidality), child abuse, and/ or abuse of incompetent persons and elder abuse. Above all, mental health counselors are required to comply with state and federal statutes concerning mandated reporting.
 
d) Mental health counselors (or their staff members) do not release information by request unless accompanied by a specific release of information or a valid court order. Mental health counselors make every attempt to release only information necessary to comply with the request or valid court order. Mental health counselors are advised to seek legal advice upon receiving a subpoena in order to respond appropriately.
 
e) The anonymity of clients served in public and other agencies is preserved, if at all possible, by withholding names and personal identifying data. If external conditions require reporting such information, the client shall be so informed.
 
f) Information received in confidence by one agency or person shall not be forwarded to another person or agency without the client's written permission.
 
g) Mental health counselors have the responsibility to ensure the accuracy of, and to indicate the validity of, data shared with other parties.
 
h) Case reports presented in classes, professional meetings, or publications shall be disguised so that no identification is possible. Permission must be obtained from clients prior to disclosing their identity.
 
i) Counseling reports and records are maintained under conditions of security, and provisions are made for their destruction after five (5) years post termination or as specified by state regulations. Mental health counselors ensure that all persons in their employ, and volunteers, supervisees and interns, maintain confidentiality of client information.
 
j) Sessions with clients may be taped or otherwise recorded only with written permission of the client or guardian. Even with a guardian's written consent, mental health counselors should not record a session against the expressed wishes of a client. Such tapes shall be destroyed after five (5) years post termination or as specified by state regulations.
 
k) The primary client owns the rights to confidentiality; however, in the case where primary clients are minors or are adults who have been legally determined to be incompetent, parents and guardians have legal access to client information.  Where appropriate, a parent(s) or guardian(s) may be included in the counseling process; however, mental health counselors must take measures to safeguard client confidentiality within legal limits.
 
l) In working with families or groups, the rights to confidentiality of each member should be safeguarded. Mental health counselors must make clear that each member of the group has individual rights to confidentiality and that each member of a family, when seen individually, has individual rights to confidentiality within legal limits.
 
m) When using a computer to store confidential information, mental health counselors take measures to control access to such information. After five (5) years post termination or as specified by state regulations, the information should be deleted from the system.
 
n) Mental health counselors may justify disclosing information to identifiable third parties if clients disclose that they have a communicable or life threatening illness. However, prior to disclosing such information, mental health counselors must confirm the diagnosis with a medical provider. The intent of clients to inform a third party about their illness and to engage in possible behaviors that could be harmful to an identifiable third party must be assessed as part of the process of determining whether a disclosure should be made to identifiable third parties.
 
o) Mental health counselors take necessary precautions to ensure client confidentiality of information transmitted electronically through the use of a computer, e-mail, fax, telephone, voice mail, answering machines, or any other electronic means.
 
p) Mental health counselors protect the confidentiality of deceased clients in accordance with legal requirements and agency or organizational policy.
 
q) Mental health counselors may disclose information to third-party payers only after clients have authorized such disclosure.
 
3. Dual/multiple Relationships
 
Mental health counselors are aware of their influential position with respect to their clients and avoid exploiting the trust and fostering dependency of the client.
 
a) Mental health counselors make every effort to avoid dual/multiple relationships with clients that could impair professional judgment or increase the risk of harm. Examples of such relationships may include, but are not limited to: familial, social, financial, business, or close personal relationships with the clients.
 
b) When deciding whether to enter a dual/multiple relationship with a client, former client or close relationship to the client, mental health counselors will seek consultation and adhere to a credible decision-making process prior to entering this relationship.
 
c) When a dual/multiple relationship cannot be avoided, mental health counselors take appropriate professional precautions such as informed consent, consultation, supervision and documentation to ensure that judgment is not impaired and no exploitation has occurred.
 
d) Mental health counselors do not accept as clients, individuals with whom they are involved in an administrative, supervisory or other relationship of an evaluative nature.
 
4. Exploitive Relationships
 
Mental health counselors are aware of the intimacy and responsibilities inherent in the counseling relationship. They maintain respect for the client and avoid actions that seek to meet their personal needs at the expense of the client.
 
a) Romantic or sexual relationships with clients are strictly prohibited. Mental health counselors do not counsel persons with whom they have had a previous sexual relationship.
 
b) Mental health counselors are strongly discouraged from engaging in romantic or sexual relationships with former clients. Counselors may not enter into an intimate relationship until five years post termination or longer as specified by state regulations. Documentation of supervision or consultation for exploring the risk of exploitation is strongly encouraged.
 
c) Determining the risk of exploitive relationships includes but is not limited to factors such as duration of counseling, amount of time since counseling, termination circumstances the client’s personal history and mental status, and the potential adverse impact on the former client.
 
d) Mental health counselors are aware of their own values, attitudes, beliefs and behaviors, as well as how these apply in a society with clients from diverse ethnic, social, cultural, religious, and economic backgrounds.
 
B. Counseling Process

1. Counseling Plans
 
Mental health counselors use counseling plans to direct their work with clients.
 
a) Mental health counselors and their clients work jointly in devising integrated, individual counseling plans that offer reasonable promise of success and are consistent with the abilities, ethnic, social, cultural, and values backgrounds, and circumstances of the clients.
 
b) Mental health counselors and clients regularly review counseling plans to ensure their continued viability and effectiveness, respecting the clients’ autonomy.
 
2. Informed Consent
 
Clients have the right to know and understand what is expected, how the information divulged will be used, and the freedom to choose whether, and with whom, they will enter into a counseling relationship.
 
a) Mental health counselors provide information that allows clients to make an informed choice when selecting a provider. Such information includes but is not limited to: counselor credentials, issues of confidentiality, the use of tests and inventories, diagnosis, reports, billing, and therapeutic process. Restrictions that limit clients' autonomy are fully explained.
 
b) Informed Consent includes the mental health counselor's professional disclosure statement and client bill of rights.
 
c) When a client is a minor or is unable to give informed consent mental health counselors act in the client's best interest. Parents and legal guardians are informed about the confidential nature of the counseling relationship. Mental health counselors embrace the diversity of the family system and the inherent rights and responsibilities parents/guardians have for the welfare of their children. Mental health counselors therefore strive to establish collaborative relationships with parents/guardians to best serve their minor clients.
 
d) Informed consent is ongoing and needs to be reassessed throughout the counseling relationship.
 
e) Mental health counselors inform the client of specific limitations, potential risks, and/or potential benefits relevant to the client's anticipated use of on-line counseling services.
 
3. Multiple Clients
 
When working with multiple clients, mental health counselors respect individual client rights and maintain objectivity.
 
a) When mental health counselors agree to provide counseling services to two or more persons who have a relationship (such as husband and wife, or parents and children), counselors clarify at the outset, the nature of the relationship they will have with each involved person.
 
b) Collateral consent informs family members or significant others involved in counseling, of the parameters and limitations of confidentiality.
 
c) If it becomes apparent that mental health counselors are unable to maintain objectivity resulting in conflicting roles, they must appropriately clarify, adjust, or withdraw from roles.
 
d) Rules of confidentiality extend to all clients who receive services, not just those identified as primary clients. 
 
e) When working in groups, mental health counselors screen prospective group counseling/therapy participants. Every effort is made to select members whose needs and goals are compatible with goals of the group, who will not impede the group process, and whose wellbeing will not be jeopardized by the group experience.
 
f) In the group setting, mental health counselors take reasonable precautions to protect clients from physical, emotional, and psychological harm or trauma.
 
4. Clients Served by Others
 
Mental health counselors do not enter into counseling relationships with a person being served by another mental health professional unless all parties have been informed and agree. 
 
a) When clients choose to change professionals but have not terminated services with the former professional, it is important to encourage the individual to first deal with that termination prior to entering into a new therapeutic relationship.
 
b) When clients work with multiple providers, it is important to secure permission to work collaboratively with the other professional involved
 
5. Termination and Referral
 
Mental health counselors do not abandon or neglect their clients in counseling.
 
a) Assistance is given in making appropriate arrangements for the continuation of treatment, when necessary, during interruptions such as vacation and following termination.
 
b) Mental health counselors terminate a counseling relationship when it is reasonably clear that the client is no longer benefiting, when services are no longer required, when counseling no longer serves the needs and/or interests of the client, or when agency or institution limits do not allow provision of further counseling services.
 
c) Mental health counselors may terminate a counseling relationship when clients do not pay fees charged or when insurance denies treatment. In such cases, appropriate referrals are offered to the clients.
 
d) If mental health counselors determine that services are not beneficial to the client, they avoid entering or terminate immediately the counseling relationship. In such situations, appropriate referrals are made. If clients decline the suggested referral, mental health counselors discontinue the relationship.
 
e) When mental health counselors refer clients to other professionals, open and collaborative communication is important to ensure an appropriate transition.
 
f) If clients are in danger, such as domestic violence or suicidality, mental health counselors take steps to secure a safety plan, refer to appropriate resources, and if necessary contact appropriate support.
 
6. Technology-Assisted Counseling
 
Technology-assisted counseling includes but is not limited to computer, telephone, internet and other communication devices.
 
Mental health counselors take reasonable steps to protect patients, clients, students, research participants and others from harm. Mental health counselors performing technologyassisted counseling comply with all other provisions of this Ethics Code. Mental health counselors:
 
a) establish methods to ascertain the client’s identity and obtain alternative methods of contacting the client in an electronic emergency.
 
b) electronically transfer client confidential information to authorized third-party recipients only when both the mental health counselor and the authorized recipient have secure transfer and acceptance capabilities as state and federal laws regulate.
 
c)  ensure that clients are intellectually, emotionally, and physically capable of using technology-assisted counseling services, and of understanding the potential risks and/or limitations of such services.
 
d)  provide technology-assisted counseling services only in practice areas within their expertise. Mental health counselors do not provide services to clients in states where doing so would violate local licensure laws or regulations.
 
e) confirm that the provision of technology-assisted counseling services are not prohibited by or otherwise violate any applicable state or local statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances, codes of professional membership organizations and certifying boards, and/or codes of state licensing boards.
 
7. Clients' Rights
 
In all mental health services, wherever and however they are delivered, clients have the right to be treated with dignity, consideration and respect at all times. Clients have the right:
 
a)  to expect quality service provided by concerned, trained, professional and competent staff.
 
b) to expect complete confidentiality within the limits of the law, and to be informed about the legal exceptions to confidentiality; and to expect that no information will be released without the client's knowledge and written consent.
 
c) to a clear working contract in which business items, such as time of sessions, payment plans/fees, absences, access, emergency procedures, third-party reimbursement procedures, termination and referral procedures, and advanced notice of the use of collection agencies, are discussed.
 
d) to a clear statement of the purposes, goals, techniques, rules limitations, and all other pertinent information that may affect the ongoing mental health counseling relationship.
 
e) to appropriate information regarding the mental health counselor's education, training, skills, license and practice limitations and to request and receive referrals to other clinicians when appropriate.
 
f) to full, knowledgeable, and responsible participation in the ongoing treatment plan to the maximum extent feasible.
 
g)  to obtain information about their case record and to have this information explained clearly and directly.
h) to request information and/or consultation regarding the conduct and progress of their therapy.
 
i) to refuse any recommended services and to be advised of the consequences of this action.
 
j) to a safe environment for counseling free of emotional, physical, or sexual abuse.
k) to a client grievance procedure, including requests for consultation and/or mediation; and to file a complaint with the mental health counselor's supervisor (where relevant), and/or the appropriate credentialing body.
 
l) to a clearly defined ending process, and to discontinue therapy at any time.
 
8. End-of-Life Care for Terminally Ill Clients
 
a) Mental health counselors ensure that clients receive quality end-of-life care for their physical, emotional, social, and spiritual needs. This includes providing clients with an opportunity to participate in informed decision making regarding their end-of-life care, and a thorough assessment, from a qualified end-of-life care professional, of clients’ ability to make competent decisions on their behalf.
 
b) Mental health counselors are aware of their own personal, moral, and competency issues as it relates to end-of-life decisions. When mental health counselors assess that they are unable to work with clients on the exploration of end-of-life options, they make appropriate referrals to ensure clients receive appropriate help.
 
c) Depending upon the applicable state laws, the circumstances of the situation, and after seeking consultation and supervision from competent professional and legal entities, mental health counselors have the options of breaking or not breaking confidentiality of terminally ill clients who plan on hastening their deaths.
 
C. Counselor Responsibility and Integrity
 
1. Competence
The maintenance of high standards of professional competence is a responsibility shared by all mental health counselors in the best interests of the client, the public, and the profession.
 
Mental health counselors:
 
a)  recognize the boundaries of their particular competencies and the limitations of their expertise.
 
b) provide only those services and use only those techniques for which they are qualified by education, techniques or experience.
 
c)  maintain knowledge of relevant scientific and professional information related to the services rendered, and recognize the need for on-going education.
 
d)  represent accurately their competence, education, training, and experience including licenses and certifications.
 
e) perform their duties, as teaching professionals, based on careful preparation in order that their instruction is accurate, up-to-date and educational.
 
f)  recognize the importance of continuing education and remain open to new counseling approaches and procedures documented by peer-reviewed scientific and professional literature.
 
g)  recognize the important need to be competent in regard to cultural diversity and are sensitive to the diversity of varying populations as well as to changes in cultural expectations and values over time.
 
h) recognize that their effectiveness is dependent on their own mental and physical health. Should their involvement in any activity, or any mental, emotional, or physical health problem, compromise sound professional judgment and competency, they seek capable professional assistance to determine whether to limit, suspend, or terminate services to their clients.
 
i) have a responsibility to maintain high standards of professional conduct at all times. j)  take appropriate steps to rectify ethical issues with colleagues by using procedures developed by employers and/or state licensure boards.
 
k) are aware of the intimacy of the counseling relationship, maintain a healthy respect for the integrity of the client, and avoid engaging in activities that seek to meet the mental health counselor's personal needs at the expense of the client.
 
l) will actively attempt to understand the diverse cultural backgrounds of the clients with whom they work. This includes learning how the mental health counselor's own cultural/ethical/racial/religious identity impacts his or her own values and beliefs about the counseling process.
 
m)  are responsible for continuing education and remaining abreast of current trends and changes in the field including the professional literature on best practices.
 
n)  develop a plan for termination of practice, death or incapacitation by assigning  a colleague or records custodian to handle transfer of clients and files.
 
2.  Non-discrimination
 
Mental health counselors do not condone or engage in any discrimination based on age, color, culture, disability, ethnic group, gender, race, religion, sexual orientation, marital status, or socioeconomic status.
 
Mental health counselors do not condone or engage in sexual harassment. Sexual harassment is defined as any solicitation, physical, or verbal or nonverbal conduct that is sexual in nature that occurs in connection with professional activities or roles, and that is either unwelcome or offensive, or creates a hostile workplace or learning environment, or is sufficiently severe or intense to be perceived as harassment to a reasonable person in the context in which the behavior occurred. Sexual harassment can consist of a single intense or severe act or multiple persistent or pervasive acts.
 
3. Conflict of Interest
Mental health counselors are aware of possible conflicts of interests that may arise between the counselor and the client, the employer, consultant and other professionals.
 
Mental health counselors may choose to consult with any other professionally competent person about a client assuring that no conflict of interest exists. When conflicts occur, mental health counselors clarify the nature of the conflict and inform all parties of the nature and direction of their loyalties and responsibilities, and keep all parties informed of their commitments.
 
D. Assessment and Diagnosis
 
1. Selection and Administration
 
Mental health counselors utilize tests (herein references educational, psychological, and career assessment instruments), interviews, and other assessment techniques and diagnostic tools in the counseling process for the purpose of determining the client’s particular needs in the context of his/her situation.
 
a) Mental health counselors choose assessment methods that are reliable, valid and appropriate based on the age, gender, race, ability and other client characteristics. If tests must be used in the absence of information regarding the aforementioned factors, the limitations of generalizability should be duly noted.
 
b) In selecting assessment tools, mental health counselors justify the logic of their choices in relation to the client’s needs and the clinical context in which the assessment occurs.
 
c) Mental health counselors avoid using outdated or obsolete tests, and remain current regarding test publication and revision.
 
d) Mental health counselors use assessments only in the context of professional, academic, or training relationships.
 
e) Mental health counselors provide the client with appropriate information regarding the reason for assessment, the approximate length of time required, and to whom the report will be distributed.
 
f) Mental health counselors provide an appropriate assessment environment with regard to temperature, privacy, comfort, and freedom from distractions.
 
2. Interpretation and Reporting
 
Mental health counselors respects the rights and dignity of the client in assessment, interpretation, and diagnosis of mental disorders and makes every effort to assure that the client receives the appropriate treatment.
 
a) Mental health counselors base diagnoses and other assessment summaries on multiple sources of data whenever possible.
 
b) Mental health counselors are careful not to draw conclusions unless empirical evidence is
present.
 
c) Mental health counselors consider multicultural factors (including but not limited to gender, race, religion, age, ability, culture, class, ethnicity, sexual orientation) in test interpretation, in diagnosis, and in the formulation of prognosis and treatment recommendations.
 
d) Mental health counselors are responsible for evaluating the quality of computer software interpretations of test data. Mental health counselors should obtain information regarding validity of computerized test interpretation before utilizing such an approach.
 
e) Mental health counselors clearly explain computerized test results in their summaries and reports.
 
f) Mental health counselors write reports in a style that is clear, concise and easily accessible to the lay reader.
 
g) To the extent possible mental health counselors provide test results in a neutral and nonjudgmental manner.
h) Mental health counselors are responsible for ensuring the confidentiality and security of assessment reports, test data, and test materials regardless of how the material is maintained or transmitted.
 
i) Mental health counselors train their staff to respect the confidentiality of test reports in the context of typing, filing, or mailing them.
 
j) Mental health counselors (or their staff members) do not release an assessment or evaluation report by request unless accompanied by a specific release of information or a valid court order. A subpoena is insufficient to release a report. In such a case, the counselor must inform his or her client of the situation. If the client refuses release, the mental health counselor coordinates between the client's attorney and the requesting attorney to protect client confidentiality and the counselor’s legal welfare.
 
3. Competence
 
Mental health counselors employ only those diagnostic tools and assessment instruments they are trained to use by education, or supervised training and clinical experience.
 
a) Mental health counselors seek appropriate workshops, supervision and training to familiarize themselves with assessment techniques and the use of specific assessment instruments.
 
b) Mental health counselor supervisors ensure that their supervisees have adequate training in interpretation before allowing them to evaluate tests independently.
 
4. Forensic Activity
Mental health counselors who are requested or required to perform forensic functions, such as assessments, interviews, consultations, report writing, responding to subpoenas, or offering expert testimony, comply with all provisions of this Ethics Code and act in accordance with applicable state law.
 
a) Mental health counselors who engage in forensic activity must possess appropriate knowledge and competence, including specialized knowledge about special populations, specialized testing and specialized interview techniques.
 
b) When conducting interviews, writing reports or offering testimony mental health counselors objectively offers their findings without bias, personal opinion or investment in the ultimate outcome.
 
b) The client, in a forensic evaluation will be informed about the limits of confidentiality, the role of the mental health counselor, the purpose of the assessment and potential for unfavorable findings.
 
c) Mental health counselors’ forensic written reports and recommendations are based upon information and techniques appropriate to the evaluation.
 
d) Mental health counselors do not provide written conclusions or forensic testimony regarding any individual without assessment of that individual adequate to support any statements or conclusions offered in the forensic setting.
 
e) When testifying, the mental health counselors clearly present their qualifications and specialized training. They describe fairly the basis for their professional judgment, conclusions, and testimony. Counselors remain cognizant of the social responsibility they bear.
 
f) In general, mental health counselors do not evaluate, for forensic purposes, individuals whom they are currently counseling or have counseled in the past. In addition, in general, mental health counselors do not counsel individuals they are currently evaluating, or have evaluated in the past, for forensic purposes.
 
g) Forensic mental health counselors do not act as an advocate for the legal system, perpetrators, or victims of criminal activity.
 
E. Record-Keeping, Fee Arrangements, and Bartering
 
1. Recordkeeping
 
Mental health counselors create and maintain accurate and adequate clinical and financial records.
 
a) Mental health counselors create, maintain, store, transfer, and dispose of client records in ways that protect confidentiality and are in accordance with applicable regulations or laws.
 
b) Mental health counselors establish a plan for the transfer, storage, and disposal of client records in the event of withdrawal from practice or death of the counselor that maintains confidentiality and protects the welfare of the client.
 
2. Fee Arrangements, Bartering, and Gifts
 
Mental health counselors are cognizant of cultural norms in relation to fee arrangements, bartering, and gifts. Mental health counselors clearly explain to clients, early in the counseling relationship, all financial arrangements related to counseling.
 
a) In establishing professional counseling fees, mental health counselors take into consideration the financial situation of clients and locality. If the usual fees create undue hardship for the client, the counselor may adjust fees or assist the client to locate comparable, affordable services.
 
b) Mental health counselors usually refrain from accepting goods or services from clients in return for counseling services because such arrangements may create the potential for conflicts, exploitation and distortion of the professional relationship. However, bartering may occur if the client requests it, there is no exploitation, and the cultural implications and other concerns of such practice are discussed with the client and agreed upon in writing.
 
c) Mental health counselors contribute to society by providing pro bono services.
 
d) When accepting gifts, mental health counselors take into consideration the therapeutic relationship, motivation of giving, the counselor’s motivation for receiving or declining, cultural norms, and the value of the gift.
 
F. Other Roles
 
1. Consultant
 
Mental health counselors acting as consultants have a high degree of self-awareness of their own values, knowledge, skills and needs in entering a helping relationship that involves human and/or organizational change.
 
a) The focus of the consulting relationship is on the issues to be resolved and not on the personal characteristics of those presenting the consulting issues.
 
b) Mental health counselors develop an understanding of the problem presented by the client and secure an agreement with the client, specifying the terms and nature of the consulting relationship.
 
c) Mental health counselors are reasonably certain that they and their clients have the competencies and resources necessary to follow the consultation plan.
 
d) Mental health counselors encourage adaptability and growth toward self-direction.
 
e) Mental health counselors keep all proprietary information confidential.
 
f) Mental health counselors avoid conflicts of interest in selecting consultation clients.
 
2. Advocate
 
Mental health counselors may serve as advocates at the individual, institutional, and/or societal level in an effort to foster sociopolitical change that meets the needs of the client or the community.
 
a) Mental health counselors are aware of and make every effort to avoid pitfalls of advocacy including conflicts of interest, inappropriate relationships and other negative consequencess. Mental health counselors remain sensitive to the potential personal and cultural impact on clients of their advocacy efforts.
 
b) Mental health counselors may encourage clients to challenge familial, institutional, and societal obstacles to their growth and development and they may advocate on the clients’ behalf. Mental health counselors remain aware of the potential dangers of becoming overly involved as an advocate.
 
II. Commitment to Other Professionals

A. Relationship with colleagues
 
Mental health counselors act with due regard for the needs and feelings of their colleagues in counseling and other professions. Mental health counselors respect the rights and obligations of the institutions or organizations with which they associate.
 
1. Mental health counselors understand how related professions complement their work and make full use of other professional, technical, and administrative resources that best serve the interests of clients.
 
2. Mental health counselors know and take into account the traditions and practices of other professional groups with which they work and cooperate fully in working for the benefit of public welfare.
 
3. Mental health counselors treat professional colleagues with the same dignity and respect afforded to clients. Professional discourse should be free of personal attacks.
 
4. Mental health counselors respect the viability, reputation, and proprietary rights of organizations that they serve.
 
5. Credit is assigned to those who have contributed to a publication, in proportion to their contribution.
 
6. Mental health counselors do not accept or offer referral fees from other professionals.
 
7. When mental health counselors have knowledge of the impairment, incompetence, or unethical conduct of a mental health professional, they are obliged to attempt to rectify the situation. Failing an informal solution, mental health counselors should bring such unethical activities to the attention of the appropriate state licensure board and/or the ethics committee of the professional association.
 
B. Clinical Consultation
 
Mental health counselors may offer or seek clinical consultation from another mental health professional. In clinical consulting mental health counselors provide critical and supportive feedback. Clinical consultation does not imply hierarchy or responsibility for client outcome. 
 
III. Commitment to Students, Supervisees and Employee Relationships
 
Mental health counselors have an ethical concern for the integrity and welfare of supervisees, students, and employees. These relationships typically include an evaluative component and therefore need to be maintained on a professional and confidential basis. Mental health counselors recognize the influential position they have with regard to both current and former supervisees, students and employees and avoid exploiting their trust and
dependency.
 
1. Mental health counselors do not engage in ongoing counseling relationships with current supervisees, students and employees.
 
2. All forms of sexual behavior with supervisees, students and employees are unethical.
 
3. Mental health counselors do not engage in any form of harassment of supervisees, students, employees or colleagues.
 
4. Mental health counselor supervisors advise their supervisees, students and employees against holding themselves out to be competent to engage in professional services beyond their training, experience, or credentials.
 
5. With supervisees, students and employees, mental health counselors make every effort to avoid dual/multiple relationships that could bias their judgment or increase the risk of personal or financial exploitation. When a dual/multiple relationship cannot be avoided, mental health counselors take appropriate professional precautions to make sure that detrimental effects are minimized. Examples of such dual/multiple relationships include, but are not limited to, a supervisee who receives supervision as a benefit of employment.
 
6. Mental health counselors do not disclose supervisee confidences regarding client information except:
 
a) To prevent clear and eminent danger to a person or persons
b) As mandated by law
i) As in mandated child or senior abuse reporting or
ii) Where the counselor is a defendant in a civil, criminal, or disciplinary action or
iii) Where there is a waiver of confidentiality obtained, in writing, prior to such  a release of information
c) In educational or training settings where only other professionals who will share responsibility for the training of the supervisee are present and formal written client consent has been obtained for such disclosures for training purposes.
 
7. In the informed consent statement, students and mandated supervisees notify the client they are in supervision and provide their clients with the name and credentials of their supervisor, if requested.
 
8. Students and supervisees have the same ethical obligations to clients as those required of mental health counselors.
 
9. The primary obligation of supervisors is to monitor services provided by supervisees to ensure client welfare.
 
10. Supervisors are expected to monitor clinical performance of supervisees; including but not limited to regular meetings, review of case notes and records, direct observation of supervisee’s clinical work via audio/video records, or live supervision .
 
11. Supervisors provide written informed consent prior to beginning a supervision relationship that documents business address and telephone number; list of degrees, license, and credentials/certifications held; areas of competence in clinical mental health counseling; training in supervision and experience providing supervision; model of or approach to supervision, including the role, objectives and goals of supervision, and modalities; evaluation procedures in the supervisory relationship; the limits and scope of confidentiality and privileged communication within the supervisory relationship; procedures for supervisory emergencies and supervisor absences; use of supervision agreements; and procedures for supervisee endorsement for certification and/or licensure, or employment to those whom are competent, ethical, and qualified.
 
IV. Commitment to the Profession
 
Mental health counselors promote the mission, goals, values, and knowledge of the profession. They engage in activities that maintain and increase the respect, integrity, and knowledge base of the counseling profession and human welfare. Such activities include but are not limited to teaching, research, serving on professional boards and membership in professional associations.
 
A. Teaching
 
As teaching professionals, mental health counselors perform their duties based on careful preparation in order that their instruction is accurate, current, and educational.
 
B. Research and Publications
 
Mental health counselors, as researchers, conduct investigations and publish findings with respect for dignity and welfare of the participants and integrity of the profession.
 
1. The ethical researcher seeks advice from other professionals if any plan of research suggests a deviation from any ethical principle of research with human subjects. Such deviation protects the dignity and welfare of the client and places on the researcher a special burden to act in the subject's interest.
 
2. The ethical researcher is open and honest in the relationship with research participants.
 
3. The ethical researcher protects participants from physical and mental discomfort, harm, and danger. If the risks of such consequences exist, the investigator is required to inform participants of that fact, secure consent before proceeding, and take all possible measures to minimize the distress.
 
4. The ethical researcher instructs research participants that they are free to withdraw from participation at any time.
 
5. The ethical researcher understands that information obtained about research participants during the course of an investigation is confidential. When the possibility exists that others may obtain access to such information, participants are made aware of the possibility and the plan for protecting confidentiality and for storage and disposal of research records.
 
6. The ethical researcher gives sponsoring agencies, host institutions, and publication channels the same respect and opportunity for informed consent that they accord to individual research participants.
 
7. The ethical researcher is aware of his or her obligation to future research and ensures that host institutions are given feedback information and proper acknowledgement.
 
C. Service on public or private boards and other organizations
 
When serving as members of governmental or other organizational bodies, mental health counselors represent the mental health counseling profession and are accountable as individuals to the Code of Ethics of the American Mental Health Counselors Association.
 
V. Commitment to the Public
 
Mental health counselors recognize they have a moral, legal, and ethical responsibility to the community and to the general public. Mental health counselors are aware of the prevailing community and cultural values, and the impact of professional standards on the community.
 
A. Public Statements
Mental health counselors in their professional roles may be expected or required to make public statements providing counseling information or professional opinions, or supply information about the availability of counseling products and services. In making such statements, mental health counselors accurately present their education, professional qualifications, licenses and credentials, expertise, affiliations, and functions, as well as those of the institutions or organizations with which the statements may be associated. Public
statements serve the purpose of providing information to aid the public in making informed judgments and choices. All public statements will be consistent with this Code of Ethics.
 
B. Advertising
 
Mental health counselors advertise the following: highest counseling-related degree, type and level of certification or license, and type and/or description of services or other relevant information concerning areas of clinical competence. These statements will not be false, inaccurate, misleading, or out of context.
 
VI. Resolution of Ethical Problems
 
Members are encouraged to consult with the AMHCA Ethics Committee regarding processes to resolve ethical dilemmas which may arise in clinical practice.  Members are also encouraged to use commonly recognized procedures for ethical decision-making to resolve ethical conflicts.
Sources for examples of such ethical decision-making procedures are attached to this code.
 
The American Mental Health Counselors Association, its Board of Directors, and its National Committee on Ethics do not investigate or adjudicate ethical complaints. In the event a member has his or her license suspended or revoked by an appropriate state licensure board, the AMHCA Board of Directors may then act in accordance with AMHCA's National By-Laws to suspend or revoke his or her membership.
 
Any member so suspended may apply for reinstatement upon the reinstatement of his or her licensure.

Article V of Bylaws, Code of Ethics

Organization: Air Traffic Control Association Visit Organization Page
Source: CSEP Library Visit Source Page
Date Approved: 
September 21, 1971

Disclaimer: Please note the codes in our collection might not necessarily be the most recent versions. Please contact the individual organizations or their websites to verify if a more recent or updated code of ethics is available. CSEP does not hold copyright on any of the codes of ethics in our collection. Any permission to use the codes must be sought from the individual organizations directly.

Article V: Code of Ethics

ARTICLE V. CODE OF ETHICS

 

In order that the dignity and honor of the Air Traffic Control Profession may be upheld, that its sphere of usefulness and its benefits may be extended, and that members of this Association may be guided by the highest standards of integrity and fair dealing, whether as individuals or in association with others in the aviation industry, the Board of the Air Traffic Control Association has adopted the following Code of Ethics and Conduct for the guidance of the Association's membership:

 

1. Members will endeavor to keep abreast of scientific and technical developments within the profession, and will constantly strive for improvement.

 

2. Members will endeavor to contribute new knowledge to the National Aviation System by making known to the aviation world any significant work, improvements or research accomplished.

 

3. Members will not engage in unfair competition with other members of their profession.

 

4. Members will not take credit for research or technical work done by others; and in publications or meetings, will attempt to give credit where it due.

 

5. Members will, to the best of their ability, render instructions, advice, and other assistance to fellow members in the discharge of their professional service.

 

6. Members will base their professional practice on safe and sound principles.

 

7. Members will refuse to engage in practices which are generally recognized as being detrimental to the public welfare.

 

8. Members will make every effort to discourage sensationalism, exaggeration, and unwarranted statements concerning the field of their profession, and will refrain from making extravagant claims.

Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (1990)

Organization: Appraisal Institute Visit Organization Page
Source: CSEP Library Visit Source Page
Date Approved: 
December 1990

Disclaimer: Please note the codes in our collection might not necessarily be the most recent versions. Please contact the individual organizations or their websites to verify if a more recent or updated code of ethics is available. CSEP does not hold copyright on any of the codes of ethics in our collection. Any permission to use the codes must be sought from the individual organizations directly.

Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice

As promulgated by the Appraisal Standards Board of The Appraisal Foundation

 

PREAMBLE

 

It is essential that a professional appraiser arrive at and communicate his or her analyses, opinions, and advice in a manner that will be meaningful to the client and will not be misleading in the marketplace. These Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice reflect the current standards of the appraisal profession.

 

The importance of the role of the appraiser places ethical obligations on those who serve in this capacity. These standards include explanatory comments and begin with an Ethics Provision setting forth the requirements for integrity, objectivity, independent judgment, and ethical conduct. In addition, these standards include a Competency Provision which places an immediate responsibility on the appraiser prior to acceptance of an assignment. The standards contain binding requirements, as well as specific guidelines to which a Departure Provision may apply under certain limited conditions. Definitions applicable to these standards are also included.

 

These standards deal with the procedures to be followed in performing an appraisal, review, or consulting service and the manner in which an appraisal, review, or consulting service is communicated. Standards 1 and 2 relate to the development and communication of a real property appraisal. Standard 3 establishes guidelines for reviewing an appraisal and reporting on that review. Standards 4 and 5 address the development and communication of various real estate or real property consulting functions by an appraiser. Standard 6 sets forth criteria for the development and reporting of mass appraisals for ad valorem tax purposes. Standards 7 and 8 establish guidelines for developing and communicating personal property appraisals. Standards 9 and 10 establish guidelines for developing and communicating business appraisals.

 

These standards are for appraisers and the users of appraisal services. To maintain the highest level of professional practice, appraisers must observe these standards. The users of appraisal services should demand work performed in conformance with these standards.


Comment: Explanatory comments are an integral part of the Uniform Standards and should be viewed as extensions of the provisions, definitions, and standards rules. Comments provide interpretation from the Appraisal Standards Board concerning the background or application of certain provisions, definitions, or standards rules. There are no comments for provisions, definitions, and standards rules that are axiomatic or have not yet required further explanation; however, additional comments will be developed and others supplemented or revised as the need arises

 

December 1990


ETHICS PROVISION

 

Because of the fiduciary responsibilities inherent in professional appraisal practice, the appraiser must observe the highest standards of professional ethics. This Ethics Provision is divided into four sections: conduct, management, confidentiality, and record keeping.


Comment: This provision emphasizes the personal obligations and responsibilities of the individual appraiser. However, it should also be emphasized that groups and organizations engaged in appraisal practice share the same ethical obligations.


Conduct

 

 

An appraiser must perform ethically and competently in accordance with these standards and not engage in conduct that is unlawful, unethical, or improper. An appraiser who could reasonably be perceived to act as a disinterested third party in rendering an unbiased appraisal, review, or consulting service must perform assignments with impartiality, objectivity, and independence and without accommodation of personal interests.


Comment: An appraiser is required to avoid any action that could be considered misleading or fraudulent. In particular, it is unethical for an appraiser to use or communicate a misleading or fraudulent report or to knowing permit an employee or other person to communicate a misleading or fraudulent report.

 

The development of an appraisal, review, or consulting service based on a hypothetical condition is unethical unless: 1) the use of the hypothesis is clearly disclosed; 2) the assumption of the hypothetical condition is clearly required for legal purposes, for purposes of reasonable analysis, or for purposes of comparison and would not be misleading; and 3) the report clearly describes the rationale for this assumption, the nature of the hypothetical condition, and its effect on the result of the appraisal, review, or consulting service.

 

An individual appraiser employed by a group or organization which conducts itself in a manner that does not conform to these standards should take steps that are appropriate under the circumstances to ensure compliance with the standards.


Management

 

The acceptance of compensation that is contingent upon the reporting of a predetermined value or a direction in value that favors the cause of the client, the amount of the value estimate, the attainment of a stipulated result, or the occurrence of a subsequent event is unethical.

 

The payment of undisclosed fees, commissions, or things of value in connection with the procurement of appraisal, review, or consulting assignments is unethical.


Comment: Disclosure of fees, commissions, or things of value connected to the procurement of an assignment should appear in the certification of a written report and in any transmittal letter in which conclusions are stated. In groups or organizations engaged in appraisal practice intra-company payments to employees for business development are not considered to be unethical. Competency, rather than financial incentives, should be the primary basis for awarding an assignment.

 

December 1990

 

B-2



ETHICS PROVISION (continued)


Management (continued)

 

Advertising for or soliciting appraisal assignments in a manner which is false, misleading, or exaggerated is unethical.


Comment: In groups or organizations engaged in appraisal practice, decisions concerning finder or referral fees, contingent compensation, and advertising may not be the responsibility of an individual appraiser, but for a particular assignment, it is the responsibility of the individual appraiser to ascertain that there has been no breach of ethics, that the appraisal is prepared in accordance with these standards, and that the report can be properly certified as required by Standards Rules 2-3, 3-2, 5-3, 8-3, or 10-3.

 

The restriction on contingent compensation in the first paragraph of this section does not apply to consulting assignments where the appraiser is not acting in a disinterested manner and would not reasonably be perceived as performing a service that requires impartiality. This permitted contingent compensation must be properly disclosed in the report.


Comment: Assignments where the appraiser is not acting in a disinterested manner are further discussed in the General Comment to Standard 4. The preparer of the written report of such an assignment must certify that the compensation is contingent and must explain the basis for the contingency in the report (See Standards Rule 5-3) and in any transmittal letter in which conclusions are stated.


Confidentiality

 

An appraiser must protect the confidential nature of the appraiser-client relationship.


Comment: An appraiser must not disclose confidential factual data obtained from a client or the results of an assignment prepared for a client to anyone other than: 1) the client and persons specifically authorized by the client; 2) such third parties as may be authorized by due process of law; and 3) a duly authorized professional peer review committee. As a corollary, it is unethical for a member of a duly authorized professional peer review committee to disclose confidential information or factual data presented to the committee


Record Keeping

 

An appraiser must prepare written records of appraisal, review, and consulting assignments-4ncluding oral testimony and reports--and retain such records for a period of at least rive (5) years after preparation or at least two (2) years after final disposition of any judicial proceeding in which testimony was given, whichever period expires last.

 

December 1990


Comment: Written records of assignments include true copies of written reports, written summaries of oral testimony and reports (or a transcript of testimony), all data and statements required by these standards, and other information as may be required to support the findings and conclusions of the appraiser. The term written records also includes information stored on electronic, magnetic, or other media. Such records must be made available by the appraiser when required by due process of law or by a duly authorized professional peer review committee.

 

B-3


COMPETENCY PROVISION

 

Prior to accepting an assignment or entering into an agreement to perform any assignment, an appraiser must properly identify the problem to be addressed and have the knowledge and experience to complete the assignment competently; or alternatively:

1. disclose the lack of knowledge and/or experience to the client before accepting the assignment; and
2. take all steps necessary or appropriate to complete the assignment competently; and

3. describe the lack of knowledge and/or experience and the steps taken to complete the assignment competently in the report.


Comment: The background and experience of appraisers varies widely and a lack of knowledge or experience can lead to inaccurate or inappropriate appraisal practice. The competency provision requires an appraiser to have both the knowledge and the experience required to perform a specific appraisal service competently. If an appraiser is offered the opportunity to perform an appraisal service but lacks the necessary knowledge or experience to complete it competently, the appraiser must disclose his or her lack of knowledge or experience to the client before accepting the assignment and then take the necessary or appropriate steps to complete the appraisal service competently. This may be accomplished in various ways including, but not limited to, personal study by the appraiser; association with an appraiser reasonably believed to have the necessary knowledge or experience; or retention of others who possess the required knowledge or experience.

 

Although this provision requires an appraiser to identify the problem and disclose any deficiency in competence prior to accepting an assignment, facts or conditions uncovered during the course of an assignment could cause an appraiser to discover that he or she lacks the required knowledge or experience to complete the assignment competently. At the point of such discovery, the appraiser is obligated to notify the client and comply with items 2 and 3 of the provision.

 

The concept of competency also extends to appraisers who are requested or required to travel to geographic areas wherein they have no recent appraisal experience. An appraiser preparing an appraisal in an unfamiliar location must spend sufficient time to understand the nuances of the local market and the supply and demand factors relating to the specific property type and the location involved. Such understanding will not be imparted solely from a consideration of specific data such as demographics, costs, sales, and rentals. The necessary understanding of local market conditions provides the bridge between a sale and a comparable sale or a rental and a comparable rental. If an appraiser is not in a position to spend the necessary amount of time in a market area to obtain this understanding, affiliation with a qualified local appraiser may be the appropriate response to ensure the development of a competent appraisal.

 

With regard to mass appraisal as defined herein, an appraiser must immediately take all necessary steps to ensure the mass appraisal is developed under the supervision of an appraiser who has the qualifications referred to in Standard 6.

 

December 1990


DEPARTURE PROVISION

This provision permits limited exceptions to sections of the Uniform Standards that are classified as specific guidelines rather than binding requirements. The burden of proof is on the appraiser to decide before accepting

*limited assignment that the result will not confuse or mislead. The burden of disclosure is also on the appraiser to

*report any limitations.

 

An appraiser may enter into an agreement to perform an assignment that calls for something less than, or different from, the work that would otherwise be required by the specific guidelines, provided that prior to entering into such an agreement:

 

1. the appraiser has determined that the assignment to be performed is not so limited in scope that the resulting appraisal, review, or consulting service would tend to mislead or confuse the client, the users of the report, or the public; and

2. the appraiser has advised the client that the assignment calls for something less than, or different from, the work required by the specific guidelines and that the report will state the limited or differing scope of the appraisal, review, or consulting service.

Exceptions to the following requirements are not permitted: Standards Rules 1-1, 1-5,2-1,2-2,2-3,2-5,3-1,3- 2, 4-1, 5-1, 5-3, 6-1, 6-5, 6-6, 7-1, 8-1, 8-3, 9-1, 9-3, 9-5, 10-1, 10-3, and 10- 5. This restriction on departure is reiterated throughout the document with the reminder comment: Departure from this Winding requirement is not permitted.


Comment: Before making a decision to enter into an agreement for appraisal services calling for a departure from a specific appraisal guideline, an appraiser must use extreme care to determine whether the scope of the appraisal service to be performed is so limited that the resulting analysis, opinion, or conclusion would tend to mislead or confuse the client, the users of the report, or the public. For the purpose of this provision, users of the report might include parties such as lenders, employees of government agencies, limited partners of a client, and a client's attorney and accountant. In this context the purpose of the appraisal and the anticipated or possible use of the report are critical.

 

If an appraiser enters into an agreement to perform an appraisal service that calls for something less than, or different from, the work that would otherwise be required by the specific appraisal guidelines, Standards Rules 2-2(k), 5-2(i), 8-2(h), and 10-2(h) require that this fact be clearly and accurately set forth in the report.

 

The requirements of the departure provision may be satisfied by the technique of incorporating by reference.

 

For example, if an appraiser's complete file was introduced into evidence at a public hearing or public trial and the appraiser subsequently prepared a one-page report that 1) identified the property, 2) stated the value, and 3) stated that the value conclusion could not be properly understood without reference to his or her complete file and directed the reader to the complete file, the requirements of the departure provision would be satisfied if the appraiser's complete file contained, in coherent form, all the data and statements that are required by the Uniform Standards.

 

Another example would be an update report that expressly incorporated by reference all the background data, market conditions, assumptions, and limiting conditions that were contained in the original report prepared for the same client.


JURISDICTIONAL EXCEPTION

 

f any part of these standards is contrary to the law or public policy of any jurisdiction, only that part shall be void and of no force or effect in that jurisdiction.

 

SUPPLEMENTAL STANDARDS

These Uniform Standards provide the common basis for all appraisal practice. Supplemental standards applicable to appraisals prepared for specific purposes or property types may be issued by public agencies and certain client groups, e.g., regulatory agencies, eminent domain authorities, asset managers, and financial institutions. Appraisers and clients must ascertain whether any supplemental standards in addition to these Uniform Standards apply to the assignment being considered.


DEFINITIONS

For the purpose of these standards, the following definitions apply:

 

APPRAISAL: (noun) the act or process of estimating value; an estimate of value. (adjective) of or pertaining to appraising and related functions, e.g., appraisal practice, appraisal services.

 

APPRAISAL PRACTICE: the work or services performed by appraisers, defined by three terms in these standards: appraisal, review, and consulting.


Comment: These three terms are intentionally generic, and not mutually exclusive. For example, an estimate of value may be required as part of a review or consulting service. The use of other nomenclature by an appraiser (e.g., analysis, counseling, evaluation, study, submission, valuation) does not exempt an appraiser from adherence to these standards.

 

CASH FLOW ANALYSIS: a study of the anticipated movement of cash into or out of an investment.

 

CLIENT: any party for whom an appraiser performs a service.

 

CONSULTING: the act or process of providing information, analysis of real estate data, and recommendations or conclusions on diversified problems in real estate, other than estimating value.

 

FEASIBILITY ANALYSIS: a study of the cost-benefit relationship of an economic endeavor.

 

INVESTMENT ANALYSIS: a study that reflects the relationship between acquisition price and anticipated future benefits of a real estate investment.

 

MARKET ANALYSIS: a study of real estate market conditions for a specific type of property.

 

MARKET VALUE: Market value is the major focus of most real property appraisal assignments. Both economic and legal definitions of market value have been developed and refined. A current economic definition agreed upon by federal financial institutions in the United States of America is:

 

The most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:

 

1. buyer and seller are typically motivated.

2.both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their best interests;

3. a reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;

4. payment is made in terms of cash in United States dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and the price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale.

 

Substitution of another currency for United States dollars in the fourth condition is appropriate in other countries or in reports addressed to clients from other countries. Persons performing appraisal services that may be subject to litigation are cautioned to seek the exact legal definition of market value in the jurisdiction in which the services are being performed.

 

DEFINITIONS (continued)

 

MASS APPRAISAL: the process of valuing a universe of properties as of a given date utilizing standard methodology, employing common data, and allowing for statistical testing.

 

MASS APPRAISAL MODEL: a mathematical expression of how supply and demand factors interact in 1 market.

 

PERSONAL PROPERTY: identifiable portable and tangible objects which are considered by the general public as being "personal," e.g., furnishings, artwork, antiques, gems and jewelry, collectibles, machine and equipment; all property that is not classified as real estate.

 

REAL ESTATE: an identified parcel or tract of land, including improvements, if any.

 

REAL PROPERTY: the interests, benefits, and rights inherent in the ownership of real estate.


Comment: In some jurisdictions, the terms real estate and real property have the same legal meaning. The separate definitions recognize the traditional distinction between the two concepts in appraisal theory.

 

REPORT: any communication, written or oral, of an appraisal, review, or analysis; the document that is transmitted to the client upon completion of an assignment.


Comment: Most reports are written and most clients mandate written reports. Oral report guidelines (See Standards Rule 2-4) and restrictions (See Ethics Provision: Record Keeping) are included to cover court testimony and other oral communications of an appraisal, review, or consulting service.

 

REVIEW: the act or process of critically studying a report prepared by another.


STANDARD I

In developing a real property appraisal, an appraiser must be aware of, understand, and correctly employ those recognized methods and techniques thaare necessary to produce a credible appraisal.


Comment: Standard I is directed toward the substantive aspects of developing a competent appraisal. The requirements set forth in Standards Rule 1-1, the appraisal. guidelines set forth in Standards Rules 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, and the requirements set forth in Standards Rule 1-5 mirror the appraisal process in the order of topics addressed and can be used by appraisers and the users of appraisal services as a convenient checklist.


Standards Rule 1-1

 

In developing a real property appraisal, an appraiser must:

(a) be aware of, understand, and correctly employ those recognized methods and techniques that are necessary to produce a credible appraisal


Comment: Departure from this binding requirement is not permitted. This rule recognizes that the principle of change continues to affect the manner in which appraisers perform appraisal services. Changes and developments in the real estate field have a substantial impact on the appraisal profession. Important changes in the cost and manner of constructing and marketing commercial, industrial, and residential real estate and changes in the legal framework in which real property rights and interests are created, conveyed, and mortgaged have resulted in corresponding changes in appraisal theory and practice. Social change has also had an effect on appraisal theory and practice. To keep abreast of these changes and developments, the appraisal profession is constantly reviewing and revising appraisal methods and techniques and devising new methods and techniques to meet new circumstances. For this reason it is not sufficient for appraisers to simply maintain the skills and the knowledge they possess when they become appraisers. Each appraiser must continuously improve his or her skills to remain proficient in real property appraisal.

 

(b) not commit a substantial error of omission or commission that significantly affects an appraisal;


Comment: Departure from this binding requirement is not permitted. In performing appraisal services an appraiser must be certain that the gathering of factual information is conducted in a manner that is sufficiently diligent to ensure that the data that would have a material or significant effect on the resulting opinions or conclusions are considered. Further, an appraiser must use sufficient care in analyzing such data to avoid errors that would significantly affect his or her opinions and conclusions.

 

(c) not render appraisal services in a careless or negligent manner, such as a series of errors that, considered individually, may not significantly affect the results of an appraisal, but which, when considered in the aggregate, would be misleading.


Comment: Departure from this binding requirement is not permitted. Perfection is impossible to attain and competence does not require perfection. However, an appraiser must not render appraisal services in a careless or negligent manner. This rule requires an appraiser to use due diligence and due care. The fact that the carelessness or negligence of an appraiser has not caused an error that significantly affects his or her opinions or conclusions and thereby seriously harms a client or a third party does not excuse such carelessness or negligence

Standards Rule 1-2.


In developing a real property appraisal, an appraiser must observe the following specific appraisal guidelines:

 

(a) adequately identify the real estate, identify the real property interest, consider the purpose and intended use of the appraisal, consider the extent of the data collection process, identify any special limiting conditions, and identify the effective date of the appraisal;

 

(b) define the value being considered; if the value to be estimated is market value, the appraiser must clearly indicate whether the estimate is the most probable price in terms of cash; or
(ii) in terms of financial arrangements equivalent to cash; or
(iii) in such other terms as may be precisely defined; if an estimate of value is based on submarket financing or financing with unusual conditions or incentives, the terms of such financing must clearly set forth, their contributions to or negative influence on value must be described and estimated, and the market data supporting the valuation estimate must be described and explained;


Comment: For certain counties of appraisal assignments in which legal definition of market value has been established and takes precedence, the Jurisdictional Exception may apply to this guideline.

If the concept of reasonable exposure in the open market is involved, the appraiser should be specific as to the estimate of marketing time linked to the value estimate.

 

(c) consider easements, restrictions, encumbrances, leases, reservations, covenants, contracts, declarations, special assessments, ordinances, or other items of a similar nature;

 

(d) consider whether an appraised fractional interest, physical segment, or partial holding contributes pro rata to the value of the whole;


Comment: This guideline does not require an appraiser to value the whole when the subject of the appraisal i; fractional interest, a physical segment, or a partial holding. However, if the value of the whole is not consider the appraisal must clearly reflect that the value of the property being appraised cannot be used to estimate the value of the whole by mathematical extension.

 

(e) identify and consider the effect on value of any personal property, trade fixtures, or intangible item, that are not real property but are included in the appraisal


Comment: This guideline requires the appraiser to recognize the inclusion of items that arc not real property i an overall value estimate. Additional expertise in personal property (See Standard 7) or business (See Standard appraisal may be required to allocate the overall value to its various components. Separate valuation of such items is required when they are significant to the overall value.

Standards Rule 1-3

In developing a real property appraisal, an appraiser must observe the following appraisal guidelines:

 

(a) consider the effect on use and value of the following factors: existing land use regulations, reasonably probable modifications of such land use regulations, economic demand, the physical adaptability of the real estate, neighborhood trends, and the highest and best use of the real estate;


Comment: This guideline sets forth a list of factors that affect use and value. In considering neighborhood trends, an appraiser must avoid stereotyped or biased assumptions relating to race, age, color, religion, gender, or national origin or an assumption that racial, ethnic, or religious homogeneity is necessary to maximize value in a neighborhood. Further, an appraiser must avoid making an unsupported assumption or premise about neighborhood decline, effective age, and remaining life. In considering highest and best use, an appraiser should develop the concept to the extent that is required for a proper solution of the appraisal problem being considered.

 

(b) recognize that land is appraised as though vacant and available for development to its highest and best use and that the appraisal of improvements is based on their actual contribution to the site.


Comment: This guideline may be modified to reflect the fact that, in various legal and practical situations, a site may have a contributory value that differs from the value as if vacant.

Standards Rule 1-4

 

In developing a real property appraisal, an appraiser must observe the following specific appraisal guidelines, when applicable:

 

(a) value the site by an appropriate appraisal method or technique;

 

(b) collect, verify, analyze, and reconcile:

(i) such comparable cost data as are available to estimate the cost new of the improvements (if any);

ii) such comparable data as are available to estimate the difference between cost new and the present worth of the improvements (accrued depreciation);

(iii) such comparable sales data, adequately identified and described, as are available to indicate a value conclusion;

(iv) such comparable rental data as are available to estimate the market rental of the property being appraised;

(v) such comparable operating expense data as are available to estimate the operating expenses of the property being appraised;

(vi) such comparable data as are available to estimate rates of capitalization and/or rates of discount.


Comment: This rule covers the three approaches to value. See Standards Rule 2-20) for corresponding reporting requirements.

 

(c) base projections of future rent and expenses on reasonably clear and appropriate evidence;


Comment: This guideline requires an appraiser, in developing income and expense statements and cash flow projections, to weigh historical information and trends, current market factors affecting such trends, and anticipated events such as competition from developments under construction.

 

(d) when estimating the value of a leased fee estate or a leasehold estate, consider and analyze the effect on value, if any, of the terms and conditions of the lease(s);

 

(e) consider and analyze the effect on value, if any, of the assemblage of the various estates or component parts of a property and refrain from estimating the value of the whole solely by adding together the individual values of the various estates or component parts;


Comment: Although the value of the whole may be equal to the sum of the separate estates or parts, it also ~ be greater than or less than the sum or such estates or parts. Therefore, the value of the whole must be tested b reference to appropriate market data and supported by an appropriate analysis of such data.

A similar procedure must be followed when the value of the whole has been established and the appraiser seek to estimate the value of a part. The value of any such part must be tested by reference to appropriate market da and supported by an appropriate analysis of such data.

 

(f) consider and analyze the effect on value, if any, of anticipated public or private improvements, location on or off the site, to the extent that market actions reflect such anticipated improvements as of the effective appraisal date;


Comment: In condemnation valuation assignments in certain jurisdictions, the Jurisdictional Exception may apply to this guideline.

 

(g) identify and consider the appropriate procedures and market information required to perform the appraisal, including all physical, functional, and external market factors as they may affect the appraisal;


Comment: The appraisal may require a complete market analysis (See Standards Rule 4-4).

 

(h) appraise proposed improvements only after examining and having available for future examination:

(i) plans, specifications, or other documentation sufficient to identify the scope and character of the
proposed improvements;
(ii) evidence indicating the probable time of completion of the proposed improvements; and

(iii) reasonably clear and appropriate evidence supporting development costs, anticipated earnings, occupancy projections, and anticipated competition at the time of completion.


Comment: The evidence required to be examined and maintained under this guideline may include such items with contractor's estimates relating to cost and the time required to complete construction, market and feasibility studies; operating cost data; and the history of recently completed similar developments. The appraisal may require a complete feasibility analysis (See Standards Rule 4-6).

 

(i) All pertinent information in items (a) through (h) above shall be used in the development of an appraisal.


Comment: See Standards Rule 2-2(k) for corresponding reporting requirements.


Standards Rule 1-5

 

In developing a real property appraisal, an appraiser must:

 

(a) consider and analyze any current Agreement of Sale, option, or listing of the property being appraised, if such information is available to the appraiser in the normal course of business;

 

(b) consider and analyze any prior sales of the property being appraised that occurred within the f6flowing time periods:

(C) one year for one- to four- family residential property; and (ii) three years for all other property types;

Comment: The intent of this requirement is to encourage the research and analysis of prior sales of the subject; the time frames cited are minimums.

(c) consider and reconcile the quality and quantity of data available and analyzed within the approaches used and the applicability or suitability of the approaches used.


Comment: Departure from this binding requirement is not permitted. See Standards Rule 2-2(k) Comment for corresponding reporting requirements.


STANDARD 2

 

In reporting the results of a real property appraisal an appraiser must communicate each analysis, opinion, conclusion in a manner that is not misleading.


Comment: Standard 2 governs the form and content of the report that communicates the results of an app a client and third parties


Standards Rule 2-1

 

Each written or oral real property appraisal report must:

 

(a) clearly and accurately set forth the appraisal in a manner that will not be misleading;


Comment: Departure from this binding requirement is not permitted. Since most reports are used and relied on by third parties, communications considered adequate by the appraiser's client may not be sufficient. An appraiser must take extreme care to make certain that his or her reports will not be misleading in the mark or to the public.

 

(b) contain sufficient information to enable the person(s) who receive or rely on the report to under it properly;

Comment: Departure from this binding requirement is not permitted. A failure to observe this rule could client or other users of the report to make a serious error even though each analysis, opinion, and conclusion the report is clearly and accurately stated. To avoid this problem and the dangers it represents to clients an users of reports, this rule requires an appraiser to include in each report sufficient information to enable the to understand it properly. All reports, both written and oral, must clearly and accurately present the analysis opinions, and conclusions of the appraiser in sufficient depth and detail to address adequately the significant specific appraisal problem.

 

(c) clearly and accurately disclose any extraordinary assumption or limiting condition that directly affects the appraisal and indicate its impact on value.


Comment: Departure from this binding requirement is not permitted Examples of extraordinary assumptive conditions might include items such as the execution of a pending lease agreement, atypical financing, or completion of onsite or off site improvements. In a written report the disclosure would be required in conj with statements of each opinion or conclusion that is affected.


Standards Rule 2-2

 

Each written real property appraisal report must:

 

(a) identify and describe the real estate being appraised;

 

(b) identify the real property interest being appraised;


Comment on (a) and (b): These two requirements are essential elements in any report. Identifying the re can be accomplished by any combination of a legal description, address, map reference, copy of a survey property sketch, and/or photographs. A property sketch and photographs also provide some description of estate in addition to written comments about the physical attributes of the real estate. Identifying the real rights being appraised requires a direct statement substantiated as needed by copies or summaries of legal descriptions or other documents setting forth any encumbrances.

 

(c) state the purpose of the appraisal;

 

(d) define the value to be estimated;

 

(e) set forth the effective date of the appraisal and the date of the report;


Comment on (c). (d) and (e): These three requirements call for clear disclosure to the reader of a report the "why, what, and when" surrounding the appraisal. The purpose of the appraisal is used generically to include both the task involved and the rationale for the appraisal. Defining the value to be estimated requires both an appropriately referenced definition and any comments needed to clearly indicate to the reader how the definition is being applied [See Standards Rule 1-2(b)]. The effective date of the appraisal establishes the context for the value estimate, while the date of the report indicates whether the perspective of the appraiser on the market conditions as of the effective date of the appraisal was prospective, current, or retrospective. Reiteration of the date of the report and the effective date of the appraisal at various stages of the report in tandem is important for the clear understanding of the reader whenever market conditions on the date of the report are different from market conditions on the effective date of the appraisal.

 

(f) describe the extent of the process of collecting, confirming, and reporting data;


Comment: This requirement is designed to protect third parties whose reliance on an appraisal report may be affected by the extent of the appraiser's investigation; i.e., the process of collecting, confirming, and reporting data.

 

(g) set forth all assumptions and limiting conditions that affect the analyses, opinions, and conclusions;


Comment: It is suggested that assumptions and limiting conditions be grouped together in an identified section of the report.

 

(h) set forth the information considered, the appraisal procedures followed, and the reasoning that supports the analyses, opinions, and conclusions


Comment: This requirement calls for the appraiser to summarize the data considered and the procedures that were followed. Each item must be addressed in the depth and detail required by its significance to the appraisal. The appraiser must be certain that sufficient information is provided so that the client, the users of the report, and the public will understand it and will not be misled or confused The substantive content of the report, not its size, determines its compliance with this specific reporting guideline.

 

(i) set forth the appraiser's opinion of the highest and best use of the real estate, when such an opinion is necessary and appropriate


Comment: This requirement calls for a written report to contain a statement of the appraiser's opinion as to the highest and best use of the real estate, unless an opinion as to highest and best use is unnecessary, e.g., insurance valuation or value in use appraisals. If an opinion as to highest and best use is required, the reasoning in support of the opinion must also be included.

 

(j) explain and support the exclusion of any of the usual valuation approaches;

 

(k) set forth any additional information that may be appropriate to show compliance with, or clearly identify and explain permitted departures from, the requirements of Standard 1;


Standards Rule 2-2 (continued)


Comment: This requirement calls for a written appraisal report or other written communication concerning the results of an appraisal to contain sufficient information to indicate that the appraiser complied with the requirements( of Standard 1, including the requirements governing any permitted departures from the appraisal guide. lines. The amount of detail required will vary with the significance of the information to the appraisal.

 

Information considered and analyzed in compliance with Standards Rule 1-5 is significant information that deserves comment in any report. If such information is unobtainable, comment on the efforts undertaken by d appraiser to obtain the information is required.

 

(1) include a signed certification in accordance with Standards Rule 2-3.


Comment: Departure from binding requirements (a) through (1) above is not permitted


Standards Rule 2-3

 

Each written real property appraisal report must contain a certification that is similar in content to the following form:

 

I certify that, to the best of my knowledge and belief that the statements of fact contained in this report are true and correct the reported analyses, opinions, and conclusions are limited only by the reported assumptions and limiting conditions, and are my personal, unbiased professional analyses, opinions, and conclusions I have no (or the specified) present or prospective interest in the property that is the subject of the report, and I have no (or the specified) personal interest or bias with respect to the parties involve my compensation is not contingent upon the reporting of a predetermined value or direction in va that favors the cause of the client, the amount of the value estimate, the attainment of a stipulated result, or the occurrence of a subsequent event. my analyses, opinions, and conclusions were developed, and this report has been prepared, in conformity with the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice. I have (or have not) made a personal inspection of the property that is the subject of this report. more than one person signs the report, this certification must clearly specify which individuals in which individuals did not make a personal inspection of the appraised property.) no one provided significant professional assistance to the person signing this report (If there are exceptions, the name of each individual providing significant professional assistance must be stat


Comment: Departure from this binding requirement is not permitted


Standards Rule 2-4

 

To the extent that it is both possible and appropriate, each oral real property appraisal report (including expert testimony) must address the substantive matters set forth in Standards Rule 2-2.


Comment: In addition to complying with the requirements of Standards Rule 2-1, an appraiser making an 4 report must use his or her best efforts to address each of the substantive matters in Standards Rule 2-2.

 

Testimony of an appraiser concerning his or her analyses, opinions, and conclusions is an oral report in which appraiser must comply with the requirements of this Standards Rule.

 

See Record Keeping under the ETHICS PROVISION for corresponding requirements.

An appraiser who signs a real property appraisal report prepared by another, even under the label of '6review appraiser," must accept full responsibility for the contents of the report.


Comment: Departure from this binding requirement is not permitted

 

This requirement is directed to the employer or supervisor signing the report of an employee or subcontractor. The employer or supervisor signing the report is as responsible as the individual preparing the appraisal for the content and conclusions of the appraisal and the report. Using a conditional label next to the signature of the employer or supervisor or signing a form report on the fine over the words "review appraiser" does not exempt that individual from adherence to these standards.

 

This requirement does not address the responsibilities of a review appraiser, the subject of Standard 3.

 

In reviewing an appraisal and reporting the results of that review, an appraiser must form an opinion as to t adequacy and appropriateness of the report being reviewed and must clearly disclose the nature of the revised, process undertaken


Comment: The function of reviewing an appraisal requires the preparation of a separate report or a file mi memorandum by the appraiser performing the review setting forth the results of the review process. Review app go beyond checking for a level of completeness and consistency in the report under review by providing c comment on the content and conclusions of the report. They may or may not have first-hand knowledge of the property or of data in the report. The COMPETENCY PROVISION applies to the appraiser performing the review as well as the appraiser who prepared the report under review.

 

Reviewing is a distinctly different function from that addressed in Standards Rule 2-5. To avoid confusion marketplace between these two functions, review appraisers should not sign the report under review unless intend to take the responsibility of a cosigner.

 

Review appraisers must take appropriate steps to indicate to third parties the precise extent of the review A separate report or letter is one method. Another appropriate method is a form or checklist prepared and by the appraiser conducting the review and attached to the report under review. It is also possible that a single impression on the appraisal report under review, signed or initialed by the reviewing appraiser, may be ai appropriate method for separating the review function from the actual signing of the report- To be effective, however, the stamp must briefly indicate the extent of the review process and refer to a file memorandum clearly outlines the review process conducted.

 

The review appraiser must exercise extreme care in clearly distinguishing between the review process an appraisal or consulting processes. Original work by the review appraiser may be governed by STANDAI STANDARD 4 rather than this standard. A misleading or fraudulent review and/or report violates the El PROVISION.


Standards Rule 3-1

 

In reviewing an appraisal, an appraiser must:

 

(a) identify the report under review, the real estate and real property interest being appraised, the effective date or the opinion in the report under review, and the date of the review;

 

(b) identify the extent of the review process to be conducted;

 

(c) form an opinion as to the completeness of the report under review in light of the requirement standards;


Comment: The review should be conducted in the context of market conditions as of the effective date opinion in the report being reviewed.

(d) form an opinion as to the apparent adequacy and relevance of the data and the propriety of g adjustments to the data;

 

(e) form an opinion as to the appropriateness of the appraisal methods and techniques used and the reasons for any disagreement;

 

(f) form an opinion as to whether the analyses, opinions, and conclusions in the report under re. appropriate and reasonable, and develop the reasons for any disagreement.


Comment: Departure from binding requirements (a) through (f) above is not permitted

 

An opinion of a different estimate of value from that in the report under review may be expressed, provided the review appraiser:

 

1. satisfies the requirements of STANDARD 1;

2. identifies and sets forth any additional data relied upon and the reasoning and basis for the different estimate of value; and,

3. clearly identifies and discloses all assumptions and limitations connected with the different estimate of value to avoid confusion in the marketplace.

 

In reporting the results of an appraisal review, an appraiser must:

 

(a) disclose the nature, extent, and detail of the review process undertaken;

 

(b) disclose the information that must be considered in Standards Rule 3-1 (a) and (b);

 

(c) set forth the opinions, reasons, and conclusions required in Standards Rule 3-1 (c), (d), (e) and (f);

 

(d) include all known pertinent information;

 

(e) include a signed certification similar in content to the following:

 

I certify that, to the best of my knowledge and belief

- the facts and data reported by the review appraiser and used in the review process are true and correct.

- the analyses, opinions, and conclusions in this review report are limited only by the assumptions and limiting conditions stated in this review report, and are my personal, unbiased professional analyses, opinions, and conclusions. I have no (or the specified) present or prospective interest in the property that is the subject of this report and I have no (or the specified) personal interest or bias with respect to the parties
involved.
My compensation is not contingent on an action or event resulting from the analyses, opinions, or conclusions in, or the use of, this review report. my analyses, opinions, and conclusions were developed and this review report was prepared in conformity with the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice. I did not personally inspect the subject property of the report under review. no one provided significant professional assistance to the person signing this review report. (If there are exceptions, the name of each individual providing significant professional assistance must be stated.)


Comment: Departure from binding requirements (a) through (e) above is not permitted

 

B-19


STANDARD 4

 

In performing real estate or real property consulting services, an appraiser must be aware of, understand, correctly employ those recognized methods and techniques that are necessary to produce a credible result.


Comment: Standard 4 is directed toward the same substantive aspects of professional practice set forth Standard 1, but addresses the performance of consulting services by an appraiser. Consulting is a broad is applied to studies of real estate other than estimating value. Land utilization studies; highest and best analyses; marketability, feasibility, or investment studies; and other research-related studies are example consulting assignments. An appraiser must have the ability to develop an analysis/research program that responsive to the client's objective; to perform primary research; to gather and present secondary and data; and to prepare a documented written report.

 

Standard 4 addresses the concept of identifying the client's objective. There is an important difference performing an impartial consulting service as a disinterested third party that responds to the client's s objective and performing a consulting service that is intended to facilitate the achievement of the client five. While both are legitimate business activities within the realm of professional appraisal practice, the appraiser must recognize the distinction and the consequent obligations.

 

An appraiser retained to act as a disinterested third party (or reasonably perceived by the public as acting disinterested third party) in performing an unbiased consulting service cannot be compensated in a man contingent on the results. However, an appraiser retained to perform a legitimate service such as broker mortgage banking, tax counseling, or zoning advice may be compensated by a fee contingent on the services achieved, but only when a proper disclosure of the role being performed by the appraiser is made.


Standards Rule 4-1

 

In performing real estate or real property consulting services, an appraiser must:

 

(a) be aware of, understand, and correctly employ those recognized consulting methods and tech that are necessary to produce credible results;

 

(b) not commit a substantial error of omission or commission that significantly affects the results consulting service;

(c) not render consulting services in a careless or negligent manner, such as a series of efforts that considered individually, may not significantly affect the results, but which, when considered i aggregate, would be misleading.


Comment: Standards Rule 4-1 is identical in scope and purpose to Standards Rule 1-1. Departure fro requirements (a). (b). and (c) is not permitted


Standards Rule 4-2

In performing real estate or real property consulting services, an appraiser must observe the following sp guidelines:

(a) clearly identify the client's objective

 

(b) define the problem to be considered, define the purpose and intended use of the consulting service, consider the extent of the data collection process, adequately identify the real estate and/or property under consideration (if any), describe any special limiting conditions, and identify the effective date of the consulting service;

 

(c) collect, verify, and reconcile such data as may be required to complete the consulting service;

(i) if the market value of a specific property is pertinent to the consulting assignment, an appraisal in conformance with Standard 1 must be included in the data collection;

All pertinent information Shall be included;


Comment: If an appraisal is pertinent, the appraiser performing the consulting service should carefully review the ETFUCS PROVISION and the explanatory comment at the beginning of STANDARD 4 to ensure that any personal interest of the appraiser or contingent compensation for the consulting service do not conflict with the independence required of the appraisal function.

 

The appraiser performing the consulting service may find it necessary to retain (or suggest that the client retain) another appraiser to perform the appraisal.

 

(d) apply the appropriate consulting tools and techniques to the data collected;

 

(e) base all projections on reasonably clear and appropriate evidence.


Comment A consulting service must begin with a clear identification of the client's objective, which may not be explicit in the client's statement of the assignment. The appraiser should precisely define the nature of the problem the client faces and the purpose of the consulting service. If the consulting service involves specific real estate or property, the appraiser must obtain a legal description, street address, or other means of specifically and adequately identifying the real estate or property.

 

The appraiser must assess the overall range of work for solving the problem, the methodologies to be used and the specific research data directly relevant to the consulting service.


Standards Rule 4-3

 

In performing real estate or real property consulting services, an appraiser must observe the following specific guidelines when a conclusion or recommendation is required by the nature of the assignment:

 

(a) identify alternative courses of action to achieve the client's objective and analyze their implications;

 

(b) identify both known and anticipated constraints to each alternative and measure their probable impact;

 

(c) identify the resources actually or expected to be available to each alternative and measure their probable impact;

 

(d) identify the optimum course of action to achieve the client's objective.


Comment: After proper consideration of all alternative courses of action, the appraiser should identify optimum course of action in terms of the client's objective and forecast the likelihood it can be achieve conclusions must be logically related to the resources available and the constraints that may limit any alternatives.


Standards Rule 4-4

In performing a market analysis, an appraiser must observe the following specific guidelines when applied

 

(a) define and delineate the market area;

 

(b) identify and analyze the current supply and demand conditions that make up the specific re market;

 

(c) identify, measure, and forecast the effect of anticipated development or other changes and in supply;

 

(d) identify, measure, and forecast the effect of anticipated economic or other changes and future demand.


Comment: The appraiser should carefully define and delineate the pertinent market area for the analysis Supportive reasoning for the selection of the boundaries must be stated. The appraiser should identify i class(es) of real estate under consideration and analyze the forces that are likely to affect supply/demand ships.

 

The appraiser is expected to provide a comprehensive physical and economic description of the existing space for the specific use within the defined market area, an explanation of the competitive position of subject, and a forecast of how anticipated changes in future supply (additions to or deletions from the ii may affect the subject property.

The appraiser is expected to project the quantity and price or rent level of space that will be demanded, particular sub-market. The capture or penetration rates of competitive projects should be examined in detail to lead to a reasoned conclusion as to the forecasted price or rent levels at which the market is likely to accept the subject space and the estimated absorption or rent-up period.

 

The analysis of economic changes in the market in which the property is located may include the following determinants of demand: population, employment, and income characteristics; interest rates; zoning an( regulations; rents and/or sales; new construction planned or underway; vacant sites as potential competitive subject; transportation; taxes; and the cost and adequacy of sewer, water, power, and other utilities. For techniques should be relevant, reasonable, practical, and supportable. Regardless of the forecasting in& employed, the appraiser is expected to provide a clear and concise explanation and description of the mi methodologies.


Standards Rule 4-5

 

In developing a cash flow and/or investment analysis, an appraiser must observe the following specific guidelines when applicable:

 

(a) consider and analyze the quantity and quality or the income stream.

 

(b) consider and analyze the history of expense and reserves;

 

(c) consider and analyze financing availability and terms;

 

(d) select and support the appropriate method of processing the income stream;

 

(e) consider and analyze the cash flow return(s) and reversion(s) to the specified investment position over a projected time period(s).


Comment: Since real estate investment decisions are predicated on financial implications, the consulting service should define the client's investment criteria, consider major variables in the real estate and financial markets, and forecast the anticipated results. Definitions of the financial indices used (such as internal rate of return) and explanations of the financial analysis techniques and computer programs employed should be included. The ETHICS PROVISION and COMPETENCY PROVISION are especially important to Standards Rule 4-5 with regard to hypothetical conditions and technical proficiency.


Standards Rule 4-6

 

In developing a feasibility analysis, an appraiser must observe the following specific guidelines when applicable:

 

(a) prepare a complete market analysis;

 

(b) apply the results of the market analysis to alternative courses of action to achieve the client's objective;

 

(i) consider and analyze the probable costs of each alternative;

(ii)consider and analyze the probability of altering any constraints to each alternative;

(iii) consider and analyze the probable outcome of each alternative.


Comment: An important step in feasibility analysis is to complete a market analysis.

 

The appraiser should compare the following criteria from the client's project to the results of the market analysis: the project budget (all construction costs, fees, carrying costs, and ongoing property operating expenses); the time sequence of activities (planning, construction and marketing); the type and cost of financing obtainable; cash flow forecasts over the development and/or holding period; and yield expectations. The appraiser should have enough data to estimate whether the project will develop according to the expectations of the client and is economically feasible in accordance with the client's explicitly defined financial objectives.

 

STANDARD 5

 

In reporting the results of a real estate or real property consulting service, an appraiser must communicate analysis, opinion, and conclusion in a manner that is not misleading


Comment: Standard 5 is identical in intent and purpose to the appraisal reporting requirements in that the appraiser must explain logically and convincingly the reasoning that leads to his or her conclusions. The information should be orderly and progressive, leading from the broadest to the most specific level of anal possible. Those topics most critical to the consulting conclusions should receive the most detailed emphasis

 

In many business situations involving consulting services, the role of the appraiser carries with it an implicit impartiality. For this reason, an appraiser must exercise extreme caution in undertaking assignments that the achievement of the specific goals of a client. A clear and complete disclosure of the role being performed the appraiser must be part of any written report that results from the acceptance of such an assignment. The disclosure must be stated in any letter of transmittal, statement of assumptions and limiting conditions, an executive summary. In this connection, the appropriate use of the Certification in Standards Rule 5-3 is al required, but it is not sufficient in and of itself. A timely and complete disclosure is required in any oral


Standard s Rule 5-1

 

Each written or oral consulting report must:

 

(a) clearly and accurately set forth the consulting service in a manner that will not be misleading;

 

(b) contain sufficient information to enable the person(s) who receive or rely on the report to under it properly;

 

(c) clearly and accurately disclose any extraordinary assumption or limiting condition that directly the consulting service and indicate its impact on the final conclusion or recommendation (if an


Comment: Departure from binding requirements (a). (b). and (c) is not permitted consulting report in sufficiently comprehensive so the client can visualize the problem and follow the reasoning through each the analytical process. It is essential that throughout the report the data, analyses, assumptions, and conclusions are logical and adequately supported. Basic analytical and statistical principles, logical reasoning, and so professional judgment are essential ingredients of the report.


Standards Rule 5-2

 

Each written consulting report must comply with the following specific reporting guidelines:

(a) define the problem to be considered;

 

(b) state the purpose of the consulting service;

 

(c) identify and describe the real estate and/or property under consideration (if any)

 

(d) set forth the effective date of the consulting service and the date of the report;

 

(e) describe the overall range of work and the extent of the data collection process;

 

(f) set forth all assumptions and limiting conditions that affect the analyses, opinions, and conclusions;

 

(g) set forth the information considered, the consulting procedures followed, and the reasoning that supports the analyses, opinions, and conclusions;

 

(h) set forth the appraiser's final conclusions or recommendations (if any);

 

(i) set forth any additional information that may be appropriate to show compliance with, or clearly identify and explain permitted departures from, the requirements to Standard 4;

 

(j) include a signed certification in accordance with Standards Rule 5-3,


Comment: The appraiser must set forth all of the assumptions and limiting conditions under which the consulting service is made, and support their validity. Specific assumptions or conditions imposed by the client must be clearly set forth as part of the identification of the objective of the consulting service. The appraiser must investigate the validity of such assumptions or conditions and give reasons for finding them realistic.

 

It is improper to omit any of the requirements from a consulting report transmitted to the client without good cause. Any departure from normal procedures and the effect of any unusual factors or conditions in connection with the problem must be explained. A misleading or fraudulent report violates the ETHICS PROVISION as well as this Standard.

 

A written consulting report must contain a certification that is similar in content to the following form:

 

I certify that, to the best of knowledge and belief the statements of fact contained in this report are true and correct. the reported analyses, opinions, and conclusions are limited only by the reported assumptions and limiting conditions, and are my personal, unbiased professional analyses, opinions, and conclusions. I have no (or the specified) present or prospective interest in the property (if any) that is the subject of
this report, and I have no (or the specified) personal interest or bias with respect to the parties involved. my compensation is not (or is) contingent on an action or event resulting from the analyses, opinions, or conclusions in, or the use of, this report. (If the compensation is contingent, the basis of such contingency must be disclosed in this certification and in any letter of transmittal and executive summary.)
my analyses, opinions, and conclusions were developed, and this report has been prepared, in conformity with the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice. I have (or have not) made a personal inspection of the property (if any) that is the subject of this report. (If more than one person signs the report, this certification must clearly specify which individuals did and which individuals did not make a personal inspection of the property.) No one provided significant professional assistance to the person signing this report (If there are exceptions, the name of each individual providing significant professional assistance must be stated.)


Comment: Departure from this binding requirement is not permitted,

 

To the extent that it is both possible and appropriate, each oral consulting report (including expert testimony address the substantive matters set forth in Standards Rule 5-2.


STANDARD 6

 

In developing and reporting a mass appraisal for ad valorem tax purposes, an appraiser must be aware of, understand, and correctly employ those recognized methods and techniques that are necessary to produce and communicate credible appraisals within the context of the property tax laws.


Comment: Standard 6 is directed toward the substantive aspects of developing and communicating competent analyses, opinions, and conclusions for ad valorem tax purposes. Two types of appraisals are made for ad valorem tax purposes: individual property appraisals and mass appraisals. Individual property appraisals usually are made when a mass appraisal is being contested. Generally, individual property appraisals should conform to Standard I and/or 7. Mass appraisals, which often are developed by teams of people, some of whom may not be appraisers, are the subject of this Standard.

 

Although appraisal is an important aspect of ad valorem tax administration, other important aspects, including locating and describing property, identifying ownership, determining taxability, making assessments, maintaining cadastral record systems, and satisfying a variety of information needs, result in appraiser-client relationships that are distinctly different from the usual relationships between appraisers and clients.

Standards Rule 6-

 

(a) be aware of, understand, and correctly employ those recognized methods and techniques that are necessary to produce a credible appraisal;


Comment: S.R. 6- 1 (a) is identical in scope and purpose to S.R. I - I (a). Changes in regional economies, development patterns, and property tax legislation have a substantial impact on property assessment.

 

(b) not commit a substantial error of omission or commission that significantly affects an appraisal;


Comment: S.R. 6- 1 (b) is identical in scope and purpose to S.R. I - I (b) when making an individual property appraisal S.R. 6-1(d) applies in mass appraisal.

 

(c) not render an appraisal in a careless or negligent manner;


Comment: S.R. 6- 1 (c) is identical in scope and purpose to S.R. I - I (c)

 

(d) employ those recognized mass appraisal procedures and techniques that are necessary to minimize errors in the data and analyses;


Comment: This rule requires appraisers for ad valorem tax purposes engaged in mass appraisal to take reasonable steps to ensure that the quantity and quality of the factual data that are collected are sufficient to produce credible appraisals. The requirements for real and personal property differ.

 

For real property, systems for routinely collecting and maintaining ownership, geographic, sales income and expense, cost, and property characteristics data should be established. Geographic data should be contained in a complete set of cadastral maps compiled according to current standards of detail and accuracy. Sales data should be collected, confirmed, screened, adjusted, and filed according to current standards of practice. The sales file should be separate from the property record file and should contain, for each sale, property characteristics data that are contemporaneous with the date of sale. Property characteristics data should be appropriate to the mass appraisal models being used, the requirements of classification and property tax policy, the requirements of other government and private users, and the marginal benefits and costs of collecting and maintaining each particular property characteristic. The property characteristics data file should contain data contemporaneous with d appraisal as well as current data. It may contain historical data on sales. The property characteristics data system should provide for periodic reinspection of all properties and special inspections of properties for building permits have been issued. Data collectors should be trained, and they should use data. The data collection program should incorporate checks and audits to ensure that data are recorded correctly an consistently.

 

For personal property, systems for routinely collecting and maintaining stasis and ownership data, market cost, price, sales and income and expense), and property characteristics data should be established. Person property data collection systems usually rely heavily on reports of taxable property holdings filed by own agents, but appraisers should have systems for verifying and auditing those reports and for discovering un taxable property.

 

(e) employ those recognized techniques for formulating and calibrating mass appraisal models; and


Comment: Appraisers for ad valorem tax purposes engaged in mass appraisal must develop mass appraisal that with reasonable accuracy represent the mathematical relationship between property value and supply demand factors, as represented by quantitative and qualitative property characteristics. Models should be c using generally recognized mass appraisal techniques, including multiple regression analysis and the adapt estimation procedure, for applying the sales comparison, income, and cost approaches to value. Whenever or appropriate, more than one method should be used in appraising a group of properties.

 

Since personal property items generally are more homogeneous than real property parcels, personal property valuation models generally are simpler than real property valuation models.

 

(f) employ those recognized mass appraisal testing procedures and techniques that are necessary to ensure that standards of accuracy are maintained.


Comments It is implicit in mass appraisal that, even when well-formulated and well-calibrated mass appraisal models are used, some individual value estimates will not meet standards of reasonableness, consistency, accuracy. However, appraisers for ad valorem tax purposes engaged in mass appraisal have a professional sensibility to ensure that, on an overall basis, models produce value estimates that meet attainable standards o accuracy. This responsibility requires appraisers to evaluate the performance of models, using, as appropriate goodness of fit statistics, hold-out samples, analysis of residuals, and assessment-ratio data. They also should review individual value estimates before the decision to use those estimates as the basis for assessment is


Standards Rule 6-2

 

In developing a mass appraisal for ad valorem tax purposes, an appraiser must:

 

(a) adequately identify the real estate, identify the real property interest under consideration, define purpose and intended use of the appraisal, consider the scope of the appraisal, describe any special( limiting conditions, and identify the effective date of the appraisal;


Comment: Analogous considerations to those set forth in S.R. 6-2(a) apply to personal property. S.R. 6-3 and S.R. 64(a), 6-4(f), and 6-4(h) do not apply to personal property.

 

In mass appraisal, fee simple interests in property are assumed and appraisers need only identify the real property interest under consideration explicitly when that assumption is not met.

 

Similarly, the purpose, intended use, and scope of appraisals are assumed to be for ad valorem taxation, which facts do not need to be explicitly defined unless there is an intent to use an appraisal for ad valorem tax purposes for another function. With respect to special limiting conditions, appraisers for ad valorem tax purposes generally operate under pronounced cost constraints. Politically acceptable expenditure levels for assessment administration are a function of a number of factors, including the value of the property being taxed and the relative reliance of the client governmental bodies on the property tax. As a result, expenditure levels may be considerably lower than the suggested levels in many areas. Sacrifices in data completeness and accuracy, valuation methods, and valuation accuracy are an inevitable consequence of such fiscal constraints. Appraisers should not be held accountable for constraints that are beyond their control.

 

M define the value being considered; if the value to be estimated is market value, the appraiser must clearly indicate whether the estimate is the most probable price

 

(i) in terms of cash; or (ii) in terms of financial arrangements equivalent to cash; or (iii) in such other terms as may be precisely defined;


Comment: The definition of value for ad valorem tax purposes usually is stated in legislation, regulations, or court decisions and may vary with property use. Appraisers for ad valorem tax purposes must determine whether a stated legal definition differs materially from the general requirements of this rule and govern themselves accordingly. However, in mass appraisal it is not necessary for appraisers to define the value being considered explicitly in writing.

 

(c) when applicable and when the information is available to the appraiser in the normal course of business, consider easements, restrictions, encumbrances, leases, reservations, covenants, contracts, declarations, special assessments, ordinances, or other items of similar nature;

 

(d) consider whether an appraised fractional interest, physical segment, or partial holding contributes proportionately to the value of the whole, if applicable;

 

(e) identify and consider any personal property, fixtures or intangible items that are not real property but are included in the appraisal.


Standards Rule 6-3
In developing a mass appraisal for ad valorem tax purposes, an appraiser must:

 

(a) consider the effect on use and value of the following factors: existing land use regulations, reasonably probable modifications of such land use regulations, economic demand, the physical adapt ability of the property, neighborhood trends, and the highest and best use of the property;


Comment: S.R. 6-3(a) is identical in scope and purpose to S.R. 1-3(a).

 

(b) recognize that land is appraised as though vacant and available for development to its highest use and that the appraisal of improvements is based on their actual contribution to the site.


Standards Rule 6-4
In developing a mass appraisal for ad valorem tax purposes, an appraiser must:

 

(a) value the site by an appropriate method or technique;

 

(b) collect, verify, analyze, and reconcile:

 

(i) such comparable cost data as are available to estimate the cost new of the improvement (if

 

(ii) such comparable data as are available to estimate the difference between cost new and the worth of the improvements (accrued depreciation);

 

(iii) such comparable sales data, adequately identified and described, as are available to individual value conclusion;

 

(iv) such comparable rental data as are available to estimate the market rental of the property appraised;

 

(v) such comparable operating expense data as are available to estimate the operating expense property being appraised;

 

(vi) such comparable data as are available to estimate rates of capitalization and/or rates of it

No pertinent information shall be withheld.

 

(c) base projections of future rent and expenses on reasonably clear and appropriate evidence;

 

(d) when estimating the value of a leased fee estate or a leasehold estate, consider and analyze the effect on value, if any, of the terms and conditions of the lease;

 

(e) consider and analyze the effect on value, if any, of the assemblage of the various estates parts of a property and refrain from estimating the value of the whole solely by adding together individual values of the various estates or component parts;


Comment: This rule should not be construed to invalidate properly formulated mass appraisal models c by use of the cost approach.

 

(f) consider and analyze the effect on value, if any, of anticipated public or private improvement on or off the site, to the extent that market actions reflect such anticipated improvements as o effective appraisal date;

 

(g) identify and consider the appropriate procedures and market information to perform the app including all physical, functional, and external market factors as they may affect the appraisal

 

(h) appraise proposed improvements only after examining and having available for future examination

 

(i) plans, specifications, or other documentation sufficient to identify the scope and character proposed improvements;

(ii) evidence indicating the probable time of completion of the proposed improvements; and

 

(iii) reasonably clear and appropriate evidence supporting development costs, anticipated earnings, occupancy projections, and the anticipated competition at the time of completion.


Comment: Ordinarily proposed improvements are not formally appraised for ad valorem tax purposes. Appraisers, however, are sometimes asked to provide informal estimates of assessed values of proposed improvements so that developers can estimate future property tax burdens. Sometimes condominiums and units in planned unit developments are sold with an interest in unbuilt community property, the proportionately value of which, if any, should be considered in the analysis of sales data.


Standards Rule 6-5

 

In developing a mass appraisal for ad valorem tax purposes, an appraiser must:

 

(a) consider and analyze any current agreement of sale, option, or listing of the property being appraised, if such information is available to the appraiser in the normal course of business;

 

(b) consider and analyze any prior sales of the property being appraised;

(

c) consider and reconcile the quality and quantity of data available and analyzed within the approaches used, and the adaptability or suitability of the approaches used.

 

Mass appraisals for ad valorem tax purposes must be supported by documentation that is reasonably accessible to the public and communicated in ways that are not misleading. Documentation may be in the form of (1) records and riles in electromagnetic, micrographic, paper, or other storage media, (2) reports, (3) manuals, (4) regulations, (5) statutes, or other acceptable forms. The documentation should substantially conform to the factual requirements of Standards Rule 2-2. Appraisals for ad valorem tax purposes should be certified in a manner consistent with law and with generally accepted assessment practices.


Comment: For reasons of efficiency, the documentation supporting mass appraisals for ad valorem tax purposes virtually never would be found in a single report. Such matters as the purpose of an appraisal, the date of appraisal, the definition of value, the treatment of divided interests, and the like generally are matters of law and are found in constitutions, statutes, ordinances, regulations, or opinions. The rationale for choosing a particular valuation model and calibration method rarely would be stated in writing, except when specified in regulations or contested in court. The mathematical form of the model should, however, be accessible to qualified interested parties. Property owners and their agents should have access to the property characteristics data on their properties upon request. Value conclusions on all properties should be made accessible to all interested parties.


STANDARD 7

 

In developing a personal property appraisal, an appraiser must be aware of, understand, and correctly employ those recognized methods and techniques that are necessary to produce a credible appraisal.


Comment: Standard 7 is directed toward the same substantive aspects set forth in Standard 1, but address personal property appraisal.


Standards Rule 7-1

In developing a personal property appraisal, an appraiser must:

 

(a) be aware of, understand, and correctly employ those recognized methods and techniques that necessary to produce a credible appraisal;

 

(b) not commit a substantial error of omission or commission that significantly affects an appraisal

 

(c) not render appraisal services in a careless or negligent manner, such as a series of errors that considered individually, may not significantly affect the results of an appraisal, but which, which considered in aggregate, would be misleading.


Comment S.R. 7-1 is identical in scope and purpose to S.R. I - 1.


Standards Rule 7-2
In developing a personal property appraisal, an appraiser must observe the following specific appraisal g

 

(a) adequately identify the object(s) to be valued, including the method of identification;

 

(b) define the purpose and intended use of the appraisal, including any special limiting condition

 

(c) identify the effective date of the appraisal, clearly distinguishing the appraisal date from the date when appropriate;

 

(d) define the value to considered consistent with the purpose of the appraisal;

 

(e) value the object(s) by an appropriate appraisal method or technique;

 

(f) collect, verify, analyze, and reconcile such data as are available, adequately identified and d to indicate a value conclusion;

 

No pertinent information shall be withheld.


Comment: These guidelines apply the concepts outlined in S.R. 2-2 to personal property appraisal


Standards Rule 7-3
In developing an appraisal of certain types of fine art, when applicable, consider and analyze the effect 4

 

(a) Any relevant damage or imperfections;

 

(b) the importance of the object(s) as compared to other items of the same type and classification relating to an artist's total work, or as enhancing other parts of a specific collection;

 

(c) any historical factors (provenance) which would affect value;

 

(d) the market acceptability of the style and scale of the object(s);

 

(e) the utility, if any, in today's society as it relates to the originally intended use of the object(s);

(f) any prior sales of the object(s) being appraised.


Comment: This guideline sets forth recognized appraisal methods and techniques for certain types of fine art that are consistent with U.S. Internal Revenue Service requirements.


STANDARD 8

 

In reporting the results of a personal property appraisal, an appraiser must communicate each analysis, optimize and conclusion in a manner that is not misleading.


Comment: Standard 8 is identical in scope and purpose to the appraisal reporting requirements in Standard(


Standards Rule 8-1
Each written or oral personal property appraisal report must:

 

(a) clearly and accurately set forth the appraisal in a manner that will not be misleading;

 

(b) contain sufficient information to enable the person(s) who receive or rely on the report to under it properly;

 

(c) clearly and accurately disclose any extraordinary assumption or limiting condition that directly the appraisal and indicate its impact on value.


Standards Rule 8-2
Each written personal property appraisal report must comply with the following specific reporting guidelines

 

(a) identify and describe the personal property being appraised;

 

(b) state the purpose and scope of the appraisal:

 

(c) define the value to be estimated;

 

(d) set forth the effective date of the appraisal and the date of the report;

 

(e) set forth all assumptions and limiting conditions that affect the analyses, opinions, conclusions valuations;

 

(f) where appropriate, set forth the information considered, the appraisal procedures followed, ar reasoning that supports the analyses, opinions, conclusions and valuations;

 

(g) when analysis of comparable sales is one of the methods used in the appraisal of personal prop sale purposes,

carefully document the sales and analysis;

 

(h) set forth any additional information that may be appropriate to show compliance with, or clearly identify and "plain permitted departures from, the requirements of Standard 7;

 

(i) include a signed certification in accordance with Standards Rule 8-3.


Standards Rule 8-3

Each written personal property appraisal report must contain a certification that is similar in context of the following form:

 

I certify that, to the best of my knowledge and belief that the statements of fact contained in this report are true and correct.

 

The reported analyses, opinions, and conclusions are limited only by the reported assumptions and limiting conditions, and are my personal, unbiased professional analyses, opinions, and conclusions. I have no (or the specified) present or prospective interest in the property that is the subject of this report, and I have no (or the specified) personal interest or bias with respect to the parties involved. my compensation is not contingent on an action or event resulting from the analyses, opinions, or conclusions in, or the use of, this report. my analyses, opinions, and conclusions were developed, and this report has been prepared, in conformity with the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice. I have (or have not) made a personal inspection ofthe personal property that is the subject of this report. (If more than one person signs the report, this certification must clearly specify which individuals did and which individuals did not make a personal inspection of the appraised property.) no one provided significant professional assistance to the person signing this report (If there are exceptions, the name of each individual providing significant professional assistance must be stated.)


Standards Rule 8-4

To the extent that it is both possible and appropriate, each oral personal property appraisal report (including expert testimony) most address the substantive matters set forth in Standards Rule 8-2.

 

ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS APPLICABLE TO STANDARDS 9 AND 10

 

BUSINESS ASSETS: Tangible and intangible resources other than personal property and real estate the are employed by a business enterprise in its operations.

 

BUSINESS ENTERPRISE: A commercial, industrial, or service organization pursuing an economic activity.

 

BUSINESS EQUITY: The interests, benefits, and rights inherent in the ownership of a business enterprise or a part thereof.


Comment: To the extent that several of the definitions cited on PageB-7 and B-8 of these Standards apply the business appraisal and include a direct reference to real estate, they are modified for the purpose of Standard and 10.


STANDARD 9
In developing a business appraisal, an appraiser must be aware of, understand, and correctly employ those refined methods and techniques that are necessary to produce a credible appraisal.


Comment: Standard 9 is directed toward the same substantive aspects set forth in Standard 1, but address business appraisal.


Standards Rule 9-1
In developing a business appraisal, an appraiser must:

 

(a) be aware of, understand, and correctly employ those recognized methods and techniques that an necessary to produce a credible appraisal;


Comment: S.R. 9-1 (a) is identical in scope and purpose to S.R. I - I (a). Changes and developments in the economy and in investment theory have a substantial impact on the business appraisal profession. Important changes in the financial arena, securities regulation, tax law and major new court decisions may result in corresponding changes in business appraisal theory and practice.

 

(b) not commit a substantial error of omission or commission that significantly affects an appraisal:,


Comment: S.R. 9- 1 (b) is identical in scope and purpose to S.R. I - I (b).

 

(c) not render appraisal services in a careless or negligent manner, such as a series of errors that, considered individually, may not significantly affect the results of an appraisal, but which, when considered in the aggregate, would be misleading.


Comment: S.R. 9- 1 (c) is identical in scope and purpose to S.R. I - I (c).

Standards Rule 9-2

 In developing a business appraisal, an appraiser must observe the following specific appraisal guidelines:

 

 

(a) adequately identify the business enterprise, assets, or equity under consideration, define the purpose and the intended use of the appraisal, consider the scope of the appraisal, describe any special conditions, and identify the effective date of the appraisal;

 

(b) define the value being considered.


Comment: S.R. 9-2(b) is identical in scope and purpose to S.R. 1-2(b).

 

 

(i) if the appraisal concerns a business enterprise or equity interests, consider any buy-sell agreements, investment letter stock restrictions, restrictive corporate charter or partnership agreement clauses, and any similar features or factors that may have an influence on value

 

(ii) if the appraisal concerns assets, the appraiser must consider whether the assets are

 

(1) appraised independently; or (2) appraised as parts of a going concern.


Comment: The value of assets held by a business enterprise may change significantly depending on whether the basis of valuation is acquisition or replacement, continued use in place, or liquidation.

 

(iii) if the appraisal concerns equity interests in a business enterprise, consider whether the interests are appraised on a majority or minority basis.


Comment: S.R. 9-2(b)(iii) is identical in scope and purpose to S.R. 1-2(d).


Standards Rule 9-3

 

In developing a business appraisal relating to a majority interest in a business enterprise, an appraiser must investigate the possibility that the business enterprise may have a higher value in liquidation than for continued operation as a going concern. If liquidation is the indicated basis of valuation, any real estate or personal property to be liquidated must be valued under the appropriate standard.


Comment: This rule requires the appraiser to recognize that continued operation of a marginally profitable business is not always the best approach as liquidation may result in a higher value. It should be noted, however, that this should be considered only when the business equity being appraised is in a position to cause liquidation. If liquidation is the appropriate basis of value, then assets such as real estate and personal property must be appraised under Standard 1 and Standard 7, respectively.


Standards Rule 9-4

 

In developing a business appraisal, an appraiser must observe the following specific appraisal guidelines when applicable:

 

(a) value the business enterprise, assets or equity by an appropriate method or technique.

 

(b) collect and analyze relevant data regarding:

 

(i) the nature and history of the business;

(ii) financial and economic conditions affecting the business enterprise, its industry, and the general economy;

(iii) past results, current operations, and future prospects of the business enterprise;
(iv) past sales of capital stock or partnership interests in the business enterprise being appraised;
(v) sales of similar businesses or capital stock of publicly held similar businesses;
(vi) prices, terms, and conditions affecting past sales of similar business assets;

(vii) physical condition, remaining life expectancy, and functional and economic utility or obsolescence.

No pertinent information shall be withheld


Comment: This guideline directs the appraiser to study the prospective and retrospective aspects of the bi enterprise and to study it in terms of the economic and industrial environment within which it operates. P sales of securities of the business itself or similar businesses for which sufficient information is available also be considered.

 

This guideline also requires the appraiser to investigate and take into account not only that loss of value r from deterioration due to age but also loss of value due to functional and economic obsolescence. Economic obsolescence is a major consideration when assets are considered as parts of a going concern. It is also the criterion in deciding that liquidation is the appropriate basis for valuation.


Standards Rule 9-5

 

In developing a business appraisal, an appraiser must:

 

(a) select one or more approaches that apply to the specific appraisal assignment.

(b) consider and reconcile the quality and quantity of data available for analysis within the appropriate groups that are applicable.


Comment: This rule requires the appraiser to use all approaches for which sufficient reliable data are available However, it does not mean that the appraiser must use all approaches in order to comply with the rule if approaches are not applicable.


STANDARD 10

 

In reporting the results of a business appraisal an appraiser must communicate each analysis, opinion, and conclusion in a manner that is not misleading.


Comment: Standard 10 is identical in scope and purpose to the appraisal reporting requirements in Standard 2.


Standards Rule 10-1

 

Each written or oral business appraisal report must:


(a) clearly and accurately set forth the appraisal in a manner that will not be misleading.


Comment: S.R. 10-1(a) is identical in scope and purpose to S.R. 2-1(a).

 

(b) contain sufficient information to enable the person(s) who receive or rely on the report to understand it properly.


Comment: S.R. 10-1(b) is identical in scope and purpose to S.R. 2-1(b).

 

(c) clearly and accurately disclose any extraordinary assumption or limiting condition that directly affects the appraisal and indicate its impact on value.


Comment: This rule requires a clear and accurate disclosure of any extraordinary assumptions or conditions that directly affect an analysis, opinion, or conclusion. Examples of such extraordinary assumptions or conditions might include items such as the execution of a pending lease agreement, atypical financing, infusion of additional working capital or making other capital additions, or compliance with regulatory authority rules.


Standards Rule 10-2

 

Each written business appraisal report must comply with the following specific reporting guidelines:

 

(a) identify and describe the business enterprise, assets or equity being appraised.

 

(b) state the purpose of the appraisal.

 

(c) define the value to be estimated.

 

(d) set forth the effective date of the appraisal and the date of the report.


Comment: Every business appraisal report must include information sufficient to identify what is being appraised, for what purpose, what type of value is being sought and the date as of which the value applies. If the appraisal concerns equity, it is not enough to identify the entity in which the equity is being appraised but also the nature of the equity, for example: how many shares of common or preferred stock. The purpose may be to express an opinion of value but the intended use of the appraisal must also be stated.

 

Not only the type of value being sought -fair market value, value in use, etc. must be stated but it must also be defined clearly. The report date is when the report is submitted; the appraisal date or date of value is the effective date of the value conclusion. This date cannot be later than the report date.

(e) describe the scope of the appraisal.

 

(f) set forth all assumptions and limiting conditions that affect the analyses, opinions, and conclusion

 

(g) set forth the information considered, the appraisal procedures followed, and the reasoning that supports the analyses, opinions, and conclusions.

 

(h) set forth any additional information that may be appropriate to show compliance with, or clear identify and explain permitted departures from, the requirements of Standard 9.


Comment: S.R. 10-2(e), (f), (g), and (h) are identical in scope and purpose to S.R. 2-2(f), (g), (h), and (i)

(i) include a certification in accordance with S.R. 10-3.

Include a letter of transmittal signed by the person assuming technical responsibility for the appraisal.

Comment: An appraisal report cannot be anonymous. The appraiser or the person assuming technical re reliability for the appraisal must sign the report. The person assuming technical responsibility for the appraisal be the person under whose direct supervision the appraisal investigation was conducted and who had first responsibility for the conclusions and opinions of value in the appraisal report. Reports issued by a firm r signed by the person authorized to sign on behalf of the firm, only if the person assuming technical respect for the appraisal also signs.


Standards Rule 10-3

 

Each written business appraisal report must contain a certification that is similar in content to the following

 

I certify that, to the best of my knowledge and belief the statements of fact contained in this report are true and correct. the reported analyses, opinions, and conclusions are limited only by the reported assumptions limiting conditions, and are my personal, unbiased professional analyses, opinions, and conclusions I have no (or the specified) present or prospective interest in the property that is the subject o report, and I have no (or the specified) personal interest or bias with respect to the parties inv my compensation is not contingent on an action or event resulting from the analyses, opinions conclusions in, or the use of, this report.

- my analyses, opinions, and conclusions were developed, and this report has been prepared, in conformity with the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice.

- no one provided significant professional assistance to the person signing this report (If there; exceptions, the name of each individual providing significant professional assistance must be!


Standards Rule 10-4

To the extent that it is both possile and appropriate, each oral business appraisal report (including expert testimony) must address the substantive matters set forth in S.R. 10-2.


Comment: S.R. 10-4 is identical in scope and purpose to S.R. 2-4.

Standards Rule 10-5

 

An appraiser who signs a business appraisal report prepared by another, even under the label "review appraiser," must accept full responsibility for the contents of this report.

Comment: S.R. 10-5 is identical in scope and purpose to S.R. 2-5.

 

Supplemental Standards of

Professional Appraisal Practice

 

SUPPLEMENTAL STANDARDS OF PROFESSIONAL APPRAISAL PRACTICE

Adopted by the Board of Directors and Effective January 1, 1991

Preamble

 

As noted in the Introduction, the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice ("Uniform Standards") developed by the Ad Hoc Committee were generally consistent with the Appraisal Institute's existing Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice. There were, however, a few exceptions. First, the definition of certain terms in the Uniform Standards differed from the definition of these same terms in the Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice and it was possible that these changes in definition narrowed the scope of the appraisal activities covered by the Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice. Second, the required form of certification specified in the Uniform Standards made no reference to compliance with the requirements of the Appraisal Institute, to the right of the national Ethics and Counseling Committee and other duly authorized representatives of the Appraisal Institute to review the reports of each Member and Affiliate, or to the status of a Member under the Appraisal Institute's continuing education program. Although the favorable reception given to the Uniform Standards by federal and state regulatory agencies and by state legislatures made it clear that Members and Affiliates of the Appraisal Institute would benefit substantially from the adoption of the Uniform Standards, the Appraisal Institute did not wish to narrow the scope of the appraisal activity that was covered by the existing Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice or to drop the requirement discussed above relating to the appraiser's certification in an appraisal report. Therefore, when the Appraisal Institute adopted the Uniform Standards, it also adopted these Supplemental Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice ("Supplemental Standards") to cure the definitions problem and the certification problem. Supplemental Standard 3 was adopted later in response to a concern about the broadness of the Ethics Provision. The Uniform Standards and Supplemental Standards are collectively referred to as the "Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice." There can be no conflict between these two components of the Standards of Professional Practice because the Supplemental Standards add to, but do not subtract from, the Uniform Standards.

 

Definitions Problem

 

The Uniform Standards define the terms "appraisal," "consulting" and "review" as follows:

 

Appraisal: (noun) The act or process of estimating value; an estimate of value.(adjective) Of or pertaining to appraising and related functions, e.g. appraisal practice,appraisal services Consulting: (adjective) The act or process of providing information, analysis of real estate data
and recommendations or conclusions on diversified problems in real estate, other than estimating value.

 

Review: The act or procedure of critically studying a report prepared by another.

In the Uniform Standards these three terms are intended to encompass the work performed by appraisers in the marketplace and it is clear that in most instances, the work performed by a Member or an Affiliate would be appraisal work, consulting services, or review work and that this work would fit squarely under one of the above definitions. It is not clear, however, that the combination of the three types of work defined above would include everything that is covered by the definition of the term "appraisal" as it appears in the Code of Professional Ethics of the Appraisal Institute. This definition is as follows:

 

Appraisal: An analysis, opinion or conclusion relating to the nature, quality, value or utility of specified interests in, or aspects of, identified real estate.

 

Further, although many of the Standards Rules and Explanatory Comments in the Uniform Standards relating to appraisal work, consulting services and review work are identical, there are some differences. Therefore, it is possible that an improper action of a Member or an Affiliate could escape coverage under the Uniform Standards if the activity or work product of such Member or Affiliate was classified under the wrong segment.

 

Certifications Problem 

 

Since the Uniform Standards were designed for the use of all appraisers, they make no reference to any appraisal organization. The Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice of the Appraisal Institute, however, have always contained rules relating to the Appraisal Institute. The purpose of these rules is threefold: first, to advise the client and third parties that the appraisal has been arrived at and the appraisal report has been prepared in accordance with the Code of Professional Ethics and Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice of the Appraisal Institute; second, to advise the client and third parties that the Appraisal Institute has a legal right to review the report; and third, to advise the client and third parties as to whether or not the Member signing the report is current under the continuing education program conducted by the Appraisal Institute.

SUPPLEMENTAL STANDARDS & STANDARDS

 

SUPPLEMENTAL STANDARD 1
The Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice shall apply to all activities of a Member or an Affiliate involving an analysis, opinion or conclusion relating to the nature, quality, value or utility of specified interests in, or aspects of, identified real estate.

 

S.S.R. 1-1

The Standards Rules in the Uniform Standards relating to the development of an "appraisal," a "consulting" service or a "review" and to the communication of an "appraisal," a "consulting" service or a "review" shall apply to all activities of a
Member or an Affiliate that involve an analysis, opinion or conclusion relating to the nature, quality, value or utility of specified interests in, or aspects of, identified real estate even though such activity does not clearly fall within the Uniform Standards definition of "appraisal," "consulting" or "review."

When appropriate, the Standards Rules and Explanatory Comments relating to "appraisal" work shall be equally applicable to "consulting" services and "review" work. Similarly, when appropriate, the Standards Rules and Explanatory Comments relating to "consulting" services and "review" work shall be equally applicable to "appraisal" work.

 

EXPLANATORY COMMENTS


GENERAL COMMENT

 

If broadly construed, it is possible that the Uniform Standards would apply to all activities of a Member or an Affiliate that involve an analysis, opinion or conclusion relating to the nature, quality, value or utility of specified interests in, or aspects of, identified real estate. The purpose of Supplemental Standard I is to require this broad interpretation.

Comment 1-2

 

An illustration of the application of Supplemental Standards Rule 1- 2 occurs when a Member or an Affiliate estimates value in connection with a real estate brokerage assignment or a real estate tax adjustment assignment. The Code of Professional Ethics permits Members and Affiliates to accept these assignments and to receive a contingent fee for their work provided that third parties and the public do not perceive that the appraiser was employed or retained to act "as a disinterested third party in rendering an unbiased estimate or opinion of the nature, quality, value or utility of specified interests in or aspects of identified real estate."

 

The distinction that is made in the Code of Professional Ethics between an "appraisal assignment" (where the appraiser is disinterested or would be so perceived and cannot accept a contingent fee) and "specialized appraisal services" (which include all appraisal services other than those classified as an "appraisal assignment") is lost in the Uniform Standards because the term "appraisal" is limited to one segment of the work done by an appraiser. However, the Code's distinction between an "appraisal assignment" and "specialized appraisal services" is equally important for "appraisal" work, "consulting" services and "review" work. The Uniform Standards pro vide appropriate rules only in connection with "consulting" services.

The rules relating to "consulting" services state that "an appraiser must exercise extreme caution in undertaking assignments that involve the achievement of the specific goals of a client." Also, the form of certification that is required by S.R. 5-3 specifically refers to both fixed and contingent compensation. The problem is that reports dealing with value for brokerage purposes or for tax adjustment purposes quite fixed have a specific estimate of value for identified real estate. Should this type of report be classified as an "appraisal" report, a "consulting" report or both? The Uniform Standard

 

SUPPLEMENTAL STANDARDS & STANDARDS RULES

 

SUPPLEMENTAL STANDARD

 

The form of certification used by a Member or an Affiliate in a written report that contains an analysis, opinion or conclusion relating to the nature, quality, value or utility of specified interests in, or aspects of, identified real estate must include a statement indicating compliance with the Code of Professional Ethics and Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice and a statement advising the client and third parties of the Appraisal Institute's right to review the report. The form of certification used by a Member in a written report that contains an analysis, opinion or conclusion relating to the nature, quality, value or utility of specified interests in, or aspects of, identified real estate must include a statement indicating the current status of the Member under the Appraisal Institute's continuing education program.

S.S.R. 2-1

Each written report of a Member or an Affiliate that contains an analysis, opinion or conclusion relating to the nature, quality, value or utility of specified interest in, or aspects of, identified real estate must contain a certification that is similar in content to the following form:

 

I certify that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, the reported analyses, opinions and conclusions were developed, and this report has been prepared, in conformity with the requirements of the Code of Professional Ethics and the Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice of the Appraisal Institute.

EXPLANATORY COMMENTS

do not say. This may not be a serious problem when you are dealing only in the standards area, but it is a very serious problem when the Standards are coupled with a Code of Professional Ethics and a Member's designation may be at stake.

 

Supplemental Standard I restores the rules and explanations that were lost when all appraisal work was divided into three parts or segments labeled "appraisal," "consulting" and .review" and a specific definition was provided for each segment. Even though a Standards Rule or Explanatory Comment relating to one type of work is not repeated in the rules relating to another type of work, it must be observed for all types of work if it is appropriate.

 

Members and Affiliates must be familiar with the rules for all three types of work and observe all of the rules that are appropriate for each assignment, regardless of the classification of the work under the definitions in the Uniform Standards.

General Comment

When preparing a report classified by the Uniform Standards as an "appraisal" report, the additional statements required by Supplemental Standard 2 may be added to the statements required by S.R. 2-3. When preparing a report classified by the Uniform Standards as a "consulting" report, the additional statements required by Supplemental Standard 2 may be added to the statements required by S.R. 5-3. When preparing a report classified by the Uniform Standards as a "review" report, the additional statements required by Supplemental Standard 2 may be added to the statements that are required by either S.R. 2-3 or S.R. 5-3, whichever is appropriate.

SUPPLEMENTAL STANDARDS & STANDARDS

S.S.R. 2-2

Each written report of a Member or Affiliate that contains an analysis, opinion or conclusion relating to the nature, quality, value or utility of specified interests in, or aspects of, identified real estate must contain a certification that is similar in content to the following form:

I certify that the use of this report is subject to the requirements of the Appraisal Institute relating to review by its duly authorized representatives.

S.S.R. 2-3

Each written report of a Member that contains an analysis, opinion or conclusion relating to the nature, quality, value or utility of specified interests in, or aspects of, identified real estate must contain one of the following statements:

Either


As of the date of this report, I (or Member's name or Members' names) have/has completed the requirements of the continuing education program of the Appraisal
Institute.

or

 

As of the date of this report, I (or Member's name or Members' names) have not/has not completed the requirements of the continuing education program of the
Appraisal Institute.

 

SUPPLEMENTAL STANDARD 3

 

The Appraisal Standards Board of the Appraisal Foundation added an Ethics Provision to the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice on December 4, 1989. of the language in this Ethics Provision is very broad and the Appraisal Institute has interpreted this Ethics Provision to apply to appraisal conduct only. The Appraisal Institute has an existing Code of Professional Ethics that is adequate to carry out the intent of the Ethics Provision. Therefore, the Appraisal Institute will enforce its own Code of Professional Ethics under its existing enforcement procedures as the proper means of enforcing the Ethics Provision of the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice.

 

S.S.R. 3-1 The Ethics Provision of the Uniform Standards shall be enforced solely by enforcement of the Code of Professional Ethics under the existing enforcement procedures.

EXPLANATORY COMMENTS


Comment S.S.R. 2-3

 

The continuing education program of the Appraisal Institute is maintained only for its Members. Affiliates may attend continuing education courses and seminars but they do not receive continuing education credit. Therefore, it is inappropriate to require Affiliates to make the statement found in S.S.R. 2-3.

 

It should be noted that S.S.R. 2-3 differs from other Supplemental Standards Rules in that it requires Members to use the "act text. A statement that is merely "similar in content" is not acceptable. If a Member seeks to explain his or her failure to complete the requirements of the Appraisal Institute's continuing education program, extreme care must be used. The Appraisal Institute does not deem other activities to be the equivalent of its continuing education requirements. Misleading statements that relate to a Member's qualifications violate Ethical Rule 5-6 of the Code of Professional Ethics. Misleading statements of any kind may violate Ethical Rule 1-1(a) of the Code.

GUIDE NOTES TO

THE STANDARDS OF

PROFESSIONAL APPRAISAL

PRACTICE


GUIDE NOTE 1


VALUATION OF REAL ESTATE INTERESTS INTENDED FOR SYNDICATION AND VALUATION OF REAL ESTATE PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS


Introduction

 

The syndication of real estate has become an important element in the current real estate market. The process of syndication often begins when an individual or group (the syndicator) purchases interests in real estate for the purpose of transferring it to a limited partnership and then selling limited partnership interests to investors. Problems arise for an appraiser when he or she is asked to value the real estate interests at the time of their purchase by the syndicator because the syndicator frequently is buying more than real estate. Problems also arise when the syndicator sells limited partnership interests to investors because of the inherent difficulty involved in separating the value of the interests in real estate from the aggregate value of the limited partnership interests.

 

In the syndication industry the price of the interests in real estate at the time of acquisition by the syndicator is sometimes referred to as wholesale value; and the aggregate price of the individual partnership interests to be sold by the syndicator is sometimes referred to as aggregate market value, retail value, or syndication value. If these terms are used by an appraiser, however, they must be defined clearly and precisely so that the users of the report and the public will not be confused or misled.

 

Valuation problems often relate to non-real estate items or conditions involved in the sale and purchase transaction such as special financing and guarantees of occupancy or income. These items are difficult to isolate and evaluate even when all facts are known. In the context of syndication purchases, the problem of analyzing comparable sales is more difficult than usual because it is extremely difficult to obtain all relevant data.

 

When a syndicator sells the real estate partnership interests to investor purchasers, the sale price of a limited partnership interest includes management services and other benefits in addition to the interests in real estate.

 

The syndication of real estate involves the marketing of highly specialized interests, both real and personal, to a specifically defined group of purchasers with varying motivations. Unless extreme care is taken to distinguish the exact nature of the interests being appraised, valuation conclusions can be greatly distorted or misleading, and an appraiser may become liable to third parties under security and tax regulations that have often been described as punitive.


Basis for Proper Evaluation


Acquisition by the Syndicator

 

All appropriate approaches should be used to estimate value. When analyzing comparable sales in the sales comparison approach, all transactions should be specifically analyzed to

 

Adopted by the Board of Directors and effective January 1, 1991 determine whether non-real estate items were included in the price. If non-real estate items were included, they should be separately identified and their effect on the sale price should be carefully considered.

 

A limited assignment should be accepted only in unusual circumstances.


Sale of Partnership interests by the Syndicator

 

Syndicators frequently assert that the aggregate price they are paid by investors who purchase partnership interests establishes the market value of the interests in real estate that are the subject of the syndication. The market value of the interests in real estate is an important item in a syndication because the value of the improvements is used to establish the basis for depreciation which in turn creates substantial tax benefits. The appraiser, however, must carefully analyze the aggregate sale price of the partnership interests sold to investors and separate the value of the interests in real estate from the contributory value of the non-real estate interests sold. Rarely would the retail price of the individual partnership interests sold to investors equal the market value of the interests in real estate. It is essential that the appraiser understand that the partnership interests sold by the syndicator include non-realty items such as management services, investor-specific tax benefits, the ability to invest in a major property that an investor might be incapable of investing in alone, and the potential for improved liquidity. Potential capital appreciation and eligibility for tax benefits are considered to be elements of realty that influence investors and may impact market value. These elements of realty are not limited to syndications.

 

When valuing fractional interests in a real estate partnership, an appraiser must be certain that all market data is comparable and be acutely aware of what was included in each investment package utilized in the valuation process. In this connection an appraiser can appraise the partnership interest involved either by breaking it down into separate components or by considering it as a whole with all the components properly identified.

 

Unacceptable Practices

 

1. Failing to determine whether non-realty items were included in the price of comparable sales. (See S.R. 1-2(e)).
2. Using the retail price of the aggregate fractional interests in the partnership or the aggregate market value of the partnership as the market value of the real estate interests being appraised. (See S.R. 1-4(e)).
3. Combining the value of non-real estate items with the value of the real estate interests being appraised without proper identification and analysis. (See S.R. 14(c)).
4. Failing to describe and measure the effects of submarket or atypical financing on the value of the real estate interests being appraised. (See S.R. 1-2(b)).

 

(Please Note: Guide Notes to the Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice are an integral part of the Standards document. Guide Notes illustrate how the requirements of the Standards should be applied in various situations. Guide Notes should not be considered without referring to the appropriate Standards Rules.)

 

GUIDE NOTE 2

 

CASH EQUIVALENCY IN VALUE ESTIMATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARDS RULE 1-2 (b)

Introduction

 

An appraiser may be requested to estimate the value of real property on the assumption that certain specific financing is available from or through the seller that differs from the financing that is currently available from conventional lenders. Such an assumption as to financing may have no effect or may have a favorable or an unfavorable influence on the resulting estimate of value. Further, the sales data that is used in the sales comparison approach may have been affected by financing that influenced the price either favorably or unfavorably at the time of the sale.

 

For several decades, real estate financing secured from institutional lenders had fairly consistent interest rates and terms and was often referred to as "typical" financing. The sale prices of property purchased with such "typical" financing were generally considered to be cash equivalent. However, high mortgage interest rates have prompted the use of alternative methods of financing. This so called "creative" financing included special incentives, interest buy downs, lender participation in income and equity, and other techniques. In addition, interest rate restrictions on government -guaranteed financing sometimes led to sellers paying the loan origination costs (points) for buyers and adjusting the sale price of the property to offset this added cost. Ibis market condition introduced a myriad of complex terms and inducements that can have either a positive or negative impact on the price paid for a real property interest. As a result, "typical" financing took on a different meaning. What is typical today can be the methods and terms of financing that are prevalent in a specific geographic area or the dominant type of financing available to a particular type of property, either new or existing. The sale prices of property purchased under such terms may or may not be cash equivalent.

 

The requirement that appraisers analyze and measure the effect of financing is determined not by the availability of the particular financing but, rather, by its effect on the price of comparable sales and the price that most probably represents the defined value of the property being appraised.

 

In responding to the questions posed by the client that initiated the appraisal assignment, the appraiser must adhere to ethical standards and fundamental appraisal principles and practices that are sensitive to the market. A clear understanding is necessary between the appraiser and the client as to the interest being valued and the need for the appraiser to analyze existing, available and/or proposed financing. If the appraisal assignment is to estimate market value, the definition of market value must not only be consistent with the client's needs but must also meet the requirements of Standards Rule 1-2(b).

 

Basis for Proper Evaluation

 

The market value of a clearly identified property interest may be reported in a number of ways: (1) cash, (2) terms equivalent to cash, or (3) other precisely defined terms. An example of such other terms is the cash value of the equity interest subject to existing or proposed financing.

 

Standards Rule 1-2(b) requires an appraiser to clearly define the terms of such financing and estimate the effect of any financing, if any, on the value reported. Further, the market

 

Adopted by the Board of Directors and effective January 1, 1991 data supporting the valuation estimate must be described and explained. When submarket financing or financing with unusual conditions or incentives is involved and results in an effect on the estimate, the appraiser can either:

Report two values (as financed and cash equivalent); or

 

Report one value and indicate the positive or negative influence the financing terms have on the value reported.

 

Standards Rule 1-2(b) contains this reporting requirement so that interested parties will be aware of how much the favorable or unfavorable financing impacts the value reported. Standards Rule 1-2(b) does not imply that different terms of payment will always lead to a different value. It simply requires that the proper analysis be made and that an appropriate statement be included in the report

 

Once a property owner finances the property, ownership becomes subject to the tenure of the mortgage. The sum of the value of owner equity and the face amount of the balance(s) of the mortgage(s) may or may not be equal to the free and clear value of the property. Any difference represents the impact that the financing has on the value as indicated by the market (absent other factors that would impact value).

 

The same analysis outlined above must also be applied to comparable sales data. The appraiser should ascertain the terms of the financing involved in the acquisition of a comparable property and estimate the influence of such financing, if any, on the sale price. For example, does an all-cash sale differ from a sale in which the buyer assumed existing financing or secured new financing from the seller, a third party, or both? If so, why and what is the impact on price?

 

A clear distinction must be made between sale prices that are not affected by financing or other considerations, including sale prices for terms considered by the seller to be equivalent to cash transactions, and sales involving premiums or discounts due to financing. If the financing is unfavorable to the purchaser, one way that the difference may be measured is by the cost to retire the debt. Furthermore, the effect of financing on each comparable sale must be considered in light of the market as of the date of the sale, not the date of valuation of the subject. The appraiser should attempt to determine whether or not, at the time of sale, the financing affected the sale price in the minds of the parties to the transaction. If it did, the effect must be analyzed and an adjustment must be made and reported.

 

In estimating the value of a property, the appraiser must ascertain whether or not any existing financing is assumable, repairable, or replaceable. Also, the appraiser must estimate the potential value impact of the cost of items such as finders fees, points and prepayment penalties and the effect of the present worth of participation by lenders, if any. The appraiser should also judge the duration of any favorable or unfavorable influence from mortgages or participation It should not be assumed that the benefit or detriment due to financing will continue throughout the stated amortization or participation terms. The value contribution of a mortgage fluctuates as interest rates rise and fall. The possibility of retiring unfavorable financing prior to its full payout period should also be considered.

 

The value of a property on the basis of cash or cash equivalency can be estimated most directly by comparing it with similar properties that were being sold for cash or its equivalent on the open market. However, if the total consideration for a comparable sale includes something other than cash (e.g., the exchange of property, life tenancy, or other interests), such consideration should be converted to cash equivalency. The concept of estimating cash equivalency goes beyond the discounting of debt encumbrances.

 

If sufficient data to permit a direct market comparison is not available, the cash equivalency of existing or proposed financing can be estimated by discounting the contractual terms at current market rates or yield rates for the same type of property and loan term over the expected holding period of the property. However, such mathematical methods should be weighed against other market indications.

 

In summary, demonstrated knowledge of the market financing available to the subject and comparable sale properties, analytical judgment, and common sense are required of the appraiser in determining whether or not specified financing impacts the value of a property.
Standards Rule 1-2(b) requires that the impact of favorable or unfavorable financing on market value be estimated and reported. The value reported must be clear and meaningful to the client and cannot be misleading to the public or third parties.

 

Unacceptable Practices

 

1. Failure to accurately report the specific terms of any existing or proposed financing of the subject property, when such financing has an impact on the appraisal problem. (See S.R. 1- 2(b)).
2. Failure to estimate and report the effect of favorable or unfavorable financing terms on value. (See S.R. 1-2(b)).
3. Failure to analyze and make appropriate adjustments to a comparable sale that included favorable or unfavorable financing terms as of the date of sale, when comparing the sale to the property being appraised. (See 1-2(b)).
4. Failure to state that financing data on a comparable sale is not available despite diligent investigation, and that reliance on the particular sale is thus limited. (See 1-4(b)(iii)).

 

(Please Note: Guide Notes to the Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice are an integral part of the Standards document. Guide Notes illustrate how the requirements of the Standards should be applied in various situations. Guide Notes should not be considered without referring to the appropriate Standards Rules.)


GUIDE NOTE 3

THE USE OF FORM APPRAISAL REPORTS FOR RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY


Introduction

 

Most residential appraisal assignments require a report of findings on one of the approved forms used extensively in the secondary mortgage market. Examples are:

 

FHLMC 70/FNMA 1004 - Residential Appraisal Report

 

FHLMC 72 (2-12 units)/FNMA 1025 (2-4 units) - Small Residential Income Property

 

FHLMC 465/FNMA 1073 - Individual Condominium or PUD Unit

 

Many forms used by other entities are similar to the FHLMC/FNMA forms. For example, the Employee Relocation Council (ERC) form, widely adopted by the employee relocation industry, is modeled after FNMA 1004 and the neighborhood, site, improvement descriptions, and market data analysis sections are nearly identical. However, other sections address specific interests of the client. Appraisers using the ERC form should be aware that its stated definition of market value varies somewhat from the definition adopted by FNMA. The ERC definition is somewhat generic and various companies hiring appraisers have adopted different interpretations of the market value definition in the ERC form. In addition, the ERC form does not include certifications that meet the requirements of the Appraisal Institute's Code of Professional Ethics and Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice. Other appraisal forms also have this deficiency.

 

It is the responsibility of the appraiser to obtain a clear understanding of the client's needs and to respond by applying fundamental appraisal principles and practices in an ethical manner. If a proposed appraisal assignment cannot be completed in accordance with the requirements of the Code of Professional Ethics and Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice, the assignment must not be accepted.

 

The move toward the use of common appraisal forms in the national marketplace has led to a greater uniformity in reports, but has not eliminated the difference in quality among reports. For this reason, guidelines for preparing form residential appraisal reports in accordance with the Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice are essential.


Basis for Proper Valuation

 

When using any form report, or signing the report as review appraiser, it is the responsibility of the appraiser and the review appraiser to ensure that the appropriate methods and techniques have been properly employed. Appropriate addenda must be added when additional information is required to complete the appraisal process. Such addenda are frequently used for value definition, certification, limiting conditions, maps, sketches, legal descriptions, and additional comments, When signing a report as review appraiser, the appraiser accepts full responsibility for the contents of the report (cf. Explanatory Comment S.R. 2-5).

 

The appraiser must select the valuation methodology that is appropriate for each specific appraisal problem. The sales comparison approach is generally considered most relevant for residential property appraisals. Therefore, most forms are focused on the sales comparison approach and additional information may need to be added when the cost approach or the income capitalization approach are relevant to the subject property.

 

Adopted by the Board of Directors and effective January 1, 1991 Whether or not the cost approach is developed, an estimate of the value contribution of land to overall value is usually required for the underwriting analyses employed in the secondary market.

 

Consistency is of paramount importance in form reports. The column labeled "Average" in the rating grid means "Typical" and does not have a negative connotation. A "Fair" or "Poor" rating for an item always requires a comment regarding any resulting effect on value. No items on the form should be left blank. If a category on the form is inappropriate for the specific appraisal problem, the item should be marked "Not Applicable." For example, public transportation in a rural location should be marked "Not Applicable" and not marked "Poor" or left blank.

 

The headings down the left side of the principal forms mirror the appraisal process. Care should be taken to relate the comments in these sections to the proper headings (e.g., site comments should not appear under the neighborhood section). If the value of the property being appraised does not fall within the typical price ranges identified in the neighborhood section, an adequate explanation must be provided. In completing the neighborhood rating grid, the subject neighborhood should be compared with other competing neighborhoods. In completing the property rating grid, the property should be compared with other properties within the subject neighborhood.

 

Highest and best use appears on most forms merely as a box to be checked because the use of the form itself is a statement of highest and best use. It is inappropriate to use a single-family dwelling report form if the appraiser concludes that the highest and best use of the property is a different use.

 

To ensure consistency, the description of the subject property in the adjustment grid of the sales comparison (market data) approach section of the form should be completed simultaneously with or checked carefully against the property description on the front of the form. Also, the effective age remaining economic life estimates in the description of the improvements should be consistent with any accrued depreciation noted in the cost approach. The area of the basement (if any) and the percent of finished basement (if any), should be clearly stated.

 

The sales comparison (market data) approach section of the principal forms provides grids for the description and adjustment of three comparable sales. The appropriateness of the adjustments used is best demonstrated by bracketing the characteristics of the subject in selecting the sales data. The appraiser must decide whether additional sales or comments are necessary.

 

The term "Typical" should not be used in the "Description" column unless the report clearly identifies that which is typical in the market for the subject and sale properties. This is particularly important when considering an adjustment for "Sales or Financing Concessions" (cf- Guide Note 2). The appraiser should be aware that, although no adjustment among several types of prevailing financing options may be appropriate in the local market, underwriters in the secondary market are often the ultimate readers and reviewers of form reports and may not be familiar with the local markets of the properties comprising the loan package being considered for purchase. The appraiser's responsibility is to present the facts of each sale transaction in such a way that the reader or reviewer of the report, including the underwriter in the secondary market, will clearly understand the terms and conditions under which the subject is valued.

 

Unacceptable Practices

 

Many of the above comments describe recommended practices in contrast to unacceptable practices. Some additional unacceptable practices are:

 

1. Failure to consider the purpose, definitions, assumptions, conditions, and limitations that are inherent in the form report used for a residential appraisal. (See S.R. 1-2 (a)).

2. Failure to qualify a report or to refuse an assignment when underwriting criteria conflict with proper appraisal practice. The Departure Provision must be carefully considered when accepting such an appraisal assignment.
3. Signing an appraisal report as a review appraiser without setting forth the results of the review process or accepting full responsibility for the contents of the report. (See S.R. 2-5 and Standard 3).
4. Failure to consider, analyze and report any prior sales of the property being appraised within one year of the date of the appraisal (See S.R. 1-5(b)(i)).

 

(Please Note: Guide Notes to the Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice are an integral part of the Standards document. Guide Notes illustrate how the requirements of the Standards should be applied in various situations. Guide Notes should not be considered without referring to the appropriate Standards Rules.)


GUIDE NOTE 4


DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW ANALYSIS AS A VALUATION METHOD


Introduction

 

The use of discounted cash flow (DCF) analysis has gained acceptance as an analytical tool and method of valuation within the Income Capitalization Approach to value. DCF is not a new method, but it did not enjoy widespread use until modem computer technology enabled appraisers to automate the process using personal computers or handheld financial calculators. The popularization of DCF was also stimulated by the inflation experienced during the 1970's and early 1980's and the increased use of this technique by market participants in their decision making process.

 

DCF analysis has become an accepted method of valuation within the institutional real estate market, and to an increasing degree within the general real estate markets. DCF techniques may be applicable in the valuation or analysis of various property types, including proposed construction and land development, rehabilitation, condominium development or conversion, and income properties. DCF analysis is becoming a requirement of advisors, asset managers, fiduciaries, portfolio managers, syndicators, underwriters and others dealing in investment grade real estate. Many users of appraisal services favor the inclusion of DCF analysis as a management tool in projecting cash flow and return expectations, capital requirements, refinancing opportunities and timing of future property dispositions. DCF analysis is regarded as one of the best methods of replicating steps taken to reach investor buy/sell/hold decisions by many appraisers and market participants. Accordingly, DCF analysis is often a part of the exercise of due diligence in the evaluation of an investment.


Basis for Proper Valuation

 

DCF methodology is based on the principle of anticipation, i.e., value is created by the anticipation of future benefits. Because DCF analysis is profit oriented and dependent upon the analysis of uncertain future events, it is vulnerable to misuse. DCF analysis reflects investment criteria and requires the appraiser to make a variety of empirical and subjective assumptions. The use of DCF is appropriate for both investment value and market value appraisals, as well as other analytical uses such as sensitivity tests. To avoid misuse or misunderstanding in appraisal assignments when the purpose is to estimate market value, it is incumbent upon the appraiser to make sure that the controlling input is consistent with market evidence and prevailing market attitudes. Market value DCF analyses should be supported by market derived data and the assumptions should be both market and property specific. Market value DCF analyses are intended to reflect the expectations and perceptions of market participants along with available factual data, and should be judged on the market support for the forecasts when made, not whether specific items in the forecasts are realized. An appraisal report which includes the results of DCF analysis must clearly state the assumptions on which the analysis is based and must set forth the relevant data used in the analysis.

 

DCF analysis is an additional tool available to the appraiser and is best applied to value estimates in the context of one or more other approaches. This Guide Note focuses on criteria for proper DCF analysis and does not imply that DCF analysis is or should be the only method employed.

 

Adopted by the Board of Directors and effective January 1, 1991

 

SR. I-I(b) and SR. 4- 1 (b) state that the appraiser must not commit a substantial error of omission or commission that significantly affects the appraisal or the consulting service, and SR. W(c) and SR. 4- 1 (c) state that the appraiser must not render appraisal or consulting services in a careless or negligent manner such as a series of errors that, considered individually, may not significantly affect the results of an appraisal or consulting service but which, when considered in the aggregate would be misleading. These two rules are significant in DCF analysis because of the compounding effect of errors in the input, unrealistic assumptions and programming errors. Computer printouts showing the results of DCF analysis may be generated by commercial software or by software prepared by the appraiser. In either event the appraiser is responsible for the entire analysis including the controlling input, the calculations and the resulting output.

 

SR. 14(h) and SR. 4-2(e) relate to the requirement for realistic forecasts in the appraisal and analysis of proposed improvements and development projects. SR. 14(c) and SR. 4-2(e) require that estimates of anticipated future rent and expenses be based on reasonably clear and appropriate evidence. The explanatory comment relating to SR. 14(c) makes specific reference to cash flow projections, the essence of DCF analysis.

 

DCF accounts for and reflects those items and forces that affect the revenue, expenses and ultimate earning capacity of a property and represents a forecast of events that would be considered likely within a specific market. For example, in the appraisal of a multi-tenant property, a lease-by- lease analysis addresses contract and market rents, specific escalations, operating expenses, pass- through provisions, market derived or specific concessions, capital expenditures, and any other measurable specific provisions applicable. Revenue growth rate or decline rate assumptions are premised upon analysis of supply/demand factors and other economic conditions and trends within the market area of the subject property. Operating expense change rates should reflect both overall expense trends and the specific trend of significant expense items.

 

Discount rates applied to the cash flows and estimates of the reversion should be derived from data and information in the real estate and capital markets. Surveys of investor opinion and yield indices are also useful in the rate selection process. Considerations used in the selection of rates are risk, inflation, and real rates of return. When reversion capitalization rates are used, they should reflect current investor expectations considering the property type, age and condition of the improvements, cash flow characteristics, and related factors. The projection period is a variable and should be set on the basis of the facts and circumstances of each analysis.

 

The results of DCF analysis should be tested and checked, as necessary, for errors and reasonableness. Because of the compounding effects in the projection of income and expenses, even slight input errors can be magnified and can produce unreasonable results. For example, it is good practice to ascertain whether cash flows are changing at reasonable rates. Similarly, it is good practice to compare the reversion capitalization rate with the inferred entrance capitalization rate to ascertain that the relationship between the rates is reasonable and explainable.

 

Standard 2 and Standard 5 require the appraiser to communicate each analysis, opinion and conclusion in a manner that is not misleading. Appraisals using DCF techniques, particularly computerized projections of itemized future cash flow supported by exhaustive printouts, can be misleading. The seeming precision of computer generated projections may give the appearance of certainty to projections that are actually variable within a wide range. In DCF analysis, all of the assumptions such as growth rates, decline rates, rental rates, discount rates, financing terms, expense trends, capitalization rates and other determinants of future benefits or value directly affect the conclusion and must be clearly and accurately disclosed in the appraisal report.

 

Unacceptable Practices

 

1. Using unreasonable or unsupported assumptions or hypotheses as a basis for DCF analysis. (See S.R. 2-2(g), S.R. 5-2(f), S.R. 2-1(c) and S.R. 5 -I(c); see also E.R. 3-5 and E.R. I - 1).

2. Failure to test and check the results of DCF analysis for errors and reasonableness. (See S.R. I - I (b) and (c), S.R. 4- 1 (b) and (c)).3. Acceptance of, or reliance upon, computer software that has not been tested by the appraiser or cannot be controlled by the appraiser or is known to produce questionable results.(See S.R. I -I (a) and S.R. 4-2(d)).

4. Failure to disclose all significant assumptions and conclusions. (See S.R. 2-2(g) and S.R. 5- 2(f)).
5. Failure to differentiate between investment value and market value. (See S.R. 2-2(d)).

 

(Please Note: Guide Notes to the Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice are an integral part of the Standards document. Guide Notes illustrate how the requirements of the Standards should be applied in various situations. Guide Notes should not be considered without referring to the appropriate Standards Rules.)

GUIDE NOTE 5


VALUE ESTIMATES AS OF A RETROSPECTIVE OR PROSPECTIVE DATE


Introduction

 

Two dates are recognized as being essential to any appraisal report. According to Standards Rule (S.R.) 2-2(e), each appraisal report must specify the effective date of the appraisal and the date of the report The date of the report is important because it indicates the perspective from which the appraiser is examining the market. The effective date of the appraisal is important because it establishes the context for the value estimate. Three categories of effective dates exist. A retrospective, current, or prospective valuation date may be used according to the purpose and function of the appraisal assignment.

 

Retrospective appraisals (when the effective date of the appraisal is prior to the date of the report) may be required for a variety of situations such as property tax matters, estate or inheritance tax matters, condemnation proceedings, or suits to recover damages.

 

A current appraisal is when the effective date of the appraisal is contemporaneous with the date of the report Since most appraisals require current value estimates, the importance of specifying both the date of the report and effective date of the analysis is sometimes lost.

 

Prospective appraisals (when the effective date of the appraisal is subsequent to the date of the report) may be required in connection with valuations of property interests related to proposed developments or for other reasons such as the value at the end of a cash flow projection. In some methodologies, reversion is implicit in the capitalization rate used; in others, it is explicitly identified as a final cash flow. In regard to proposed developments, prospective value estimates are frequently required as of the time the development is to be completed, and as of the time the development is projected to achieve stabilized occupancy. These prospective values form a basis for investment decisions and loan underwriting.

 

The use of clear and concise language and appropriate terminology in appraisal reports helps to eliminate the preparation of misleading reports. To avoid any confusion, the appraiser must clearly and unequivocally establish the date to which the value estimate applies. In prospective value estimates, use of the term market value without a modifier such as forecasted or prospective is improper. Prospective value estimates are intended to reflect the expectations and perceptions of market participants along with available factual data, and should be judged on the market support for the forecasts when made, not whether specific items in the forecasts are realized.


Basis for Proper Valuation

 

The development of a retrospective appraisal is complicated by the fact that the appraiser already knows what occurred in the market after the effective date of the appraisal. Data subsequent to the effective date of the appraisal may be considered in estimating a retrospective value as a confirmation of trends that would reasonably be considered by a buyer or seller as of that date. The appraiser should determine a logical cut-off because, at some point distant from the valuation date, the subsequent data will not reflect the relevant market. This is a difficult determination to make. Studying the market conditions as of the date of the appraisal assists the appraiser in judging where he or she should make this cutoff.

 

When appraisals of prospective value are required with regard to valuation of property

 

Adopted by the Board of Directors and effective January 1, 1991 interests related to proposed improvements, S.R. 1-4(h) regarding the scope, character and probable time of completion of the proposed improvements and S.R. 14(c) regarding the basis for anticipated future rent and expenses are relevant. Evidence that proposed improvements can be completed by the effective date of the appraisal is important. The appraiser should identify whether the value estimate represents value at the time the improvements are to be completed but not fully occupied, or value at stabilization when a rental project reaches its level of expected long-term occupancy.

 

Support for estimated income and expenses at the time of completion of proposed improvements and during the rent-up or sell-out period requires the incorporation of sufficient market research in the appraisal and the consideration of existing and future competition. It is appropriate to study comparable projects for evidence of construction periods, development costs, income and expense levels, and absorption. Items such as rental concessions, commissions, tenant finish allowances, add-on factors, and expense pass throughs, must be studied to estimate true income expectancy.

 

In developing a prospective appraisal, the appraiser analyzes market trends to provide support for forecasted income and expense or sell-out estimates, absorption periods, capitalization rates, and discount rates as of the effective date of the appraisal. Economic trends such as growth in population, employment, and future competition are also analyzed. The overall economic climate and variations in the business cycle should be considered and weighed in the performance of the valuation process.

 

In developing a prospective appraisal, all value conclusions should include reference to the time frame in which the analysis was prepared to clearly delineate the market conditions and point of reference from which the appraiser developed the prospective value indication. It is appropriate to include a limiting condition citing the market conditions from which the prospective value estimate was made and indicating that the appraiser cannot be held responsible for unforeseeable events that alter market conditions prior to the effective date of the appraisal.

 

Unacceptable Practices

 

I . Failure to state the date of the report and the effective date of the appraisal. (See S.R. 2- 2(e)).
2. Failure to state the time frame in which the analysis was prepared to clearly delineate the market conditions and point of reference from which a prospective value indication was developed. (See S.R. 2-2(h)).
3. Failure to provide sufficient documentation for the anticipated scope, characterconstruction period, development costs, income and expense levels, absorption, and competition for proposed improvements. (See S.R. 14(c) and (h), S.R. 2-2(h)).

 

(Please Note: Guide Notes to the Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice are an integral part of the Standards document. Guide Notes illustrate how the requirements of the Standards should be applied in various situations. Guide Notes should not be considered without referring to the appropriate Standards Rules.)


GUIDE NOTE 6


RELIANCE ON REPORTS OR INFORMATION PREPARED BY OTHERS


Introduction

 

Appraisers often rely, at least in part, on reports or information prepared by others in making certain decisions in the process of an appraisal, consulting service, or review. Reliance on the reports of others generally increases with the complexity of the problem. The use of reports and information prepared by others may increase in the future because appraisers are providing more specialized services and will need more information to make decisions and prepare their reports.

 

Reports prepared by others vary in form, content, and applicability. Although these reports are frequently used in conjunction with proposed properties and transactions, they may also be applicable to existing properties and used in special situations such as litigation and arbitration.

In general, these reports fall into four major classifications:


General Informational Reports

 

General informational reports are usually descriptive in nature and provide information pertaining to an overall area. These reports include data on demographics, economic trends, and other such matters. They are not specific to the property being appraised.


Reports Prepared by Licensed or Certified Non Real Estate Professionals

 

Reports prepared by licensed or certified non real estate appraisal professionals are specific to the "subject property" and may be either descriptive or factual in nature. These reports include engineering services, environmental studies, soil reports, impact studies, survey reports, zoning opinions, audited financial statements by a Certified Public Accountant, and other reports relating to matters beyond the scope of appraiser's expertise, or services not typically offered by appraisers.


Reports Prepared by Other Non Real Estate Appraisal Professionals

 

Reports in this category are prepared by experts who are not licensed or certified but have specific experience or expertise that an appraiser may rely upon. Examples include reports pertinent to the appraisal problem from academicians, theatre operators, and personal property value


Other Reports

Other reports pertaining to the subject property may be prepared by the client, by another real estate professional, or by others. These reports include financial statements, prior appraisal reports on the subject property, highest and best use studies, rental surveys, cost studies, and others.

Before using reports or information prepared by others the appraiser must consider

1. the standards under which the reports were prepared;

2. the source and extent of the instructions given to the preparer of the report; and

3. how the appraiser relied on these reports in making decisions and preparing his or her report.

 

Adopted by the Board of Directors and effective January 1, 1991

 

Basis for Proper Valuation

 

Value is usually defined as the present worth of all future benefits that accrue to real property ownership. Because the valuation process may require projections which are influenced by uncertain events the basis for all assumptions and projections employed by the individual who prepared the report must be understood and accepted by the appraiser who uses this report.

 

Standards Rules I - I (b) and 4- 1 (b) state that the appraiser must not commit a substantial error of omission or commission that significantly affects the appraisal or the consulting service. Standards Rules 1-1(c) and 4-1(c) state that the appraiser must not make a series of errors that, considered individually, would not significantly affect the results of an appraisal or consulting service, but which, considered in the aggregate, would indicate that the professional services are being rendered in a careless or negligent manner. Standards Rule 14 requires that estimates of anticipated future rent and expenses for a property being appraised be based on reasonably clear and appropriate evidence and Standards Rule 14(h) sets forth the requirements for appraising proposed improvements.

 

Standards Rules 2-1(a) and 5-1(a) require that each written or oral appraisal or consulting report must be clearly and accurately set forth in a manner that will not be misleading. Standards Rule 2- l(b) and 5-1(b) require that each written or oral appraisal or consulting report must contain sufficient information to enable a person who receives or relies on the report to understand it properly. Standards Rules 2-2(g) and 5-2(f) require that each written appraisal report or consulting report must set forth all assumptions and limiting conditions that effect the analyses, opinions, and conclusions. Standards Rules 2-3 and 5-3 require that each written appraisal or consulting report must contain a statement with regard to receiving significant professional assistance.

 

Market value estimates should be supported by market-derived data and assumptions made should be specific to both the market and the property. If an appraiser accepts the projections or assumptions of others without verification or some assurance of the accuracy or reasonableness of the calculations or information provided, he or she would violate the aforementioned standards rules.

 

These rules are significant to appraisers using reports or information prepared by others, particularly when the information is used as the basis for his/her projections or conclusions.

 

The need for review and verification of reports or information prepared by others will vary with their content and applicability. The amount of review or verification required depends on the scope of the assignment, the type of information used, and the relevance of the information to the opinions and judgments rendered.

 

The four major classifications of reports require varying levels of review and care on the part of the appraiser, as offered below:

General Informational Rates

 

General informational reports usually require limited verification. Most discrepancies are easily clarified.


Reports Prepared by Licensed or Certified Non Real Estate Appraisal Professionals

 

Reports or information prepared by licensed or certified non real estate appraisal professionals typically offer conclusions as to the adequacy of a specific property component or issue pertaining to the property. These conclusions are generally based on accepted procedures or standards and represent informed opinions on matters beyond the appraiser's expertise. Absent reasonable doubt, these reports usually can be accepted conditioned upon the qualification that they were prepared by recognized professionals. Should observed or apparent material discrepancies exist between the appraiser's investigation and the submitted report prepared by a licensed or certified non real estate appraisal professional, such material discrepancies must be disclosed.

Reports Prepared by Other Non Real Estate Appraisal Professionals

 

An appraiser's reliance on reports prepared by these experts is distinct from that of the preceding paragraph in die greater care the appraiser should exercise in determining the pertinent expertise of the author.


Other Reports

 

Other reports prepared by, or at the direction of, the client, other real estate professionals, or others, require a careful review for reasonableness. The level of investigation should be appropriate to the problem. The appraiser must understand the assumptions on which these reports are based as well as their applicability and validity to the assignment.

 

Unacceptable Practices

I . Using unreasonable or unsupported assumptions as a basis for projections (See S.R. 2- 1(c), S.R. 2-2(g), S.R. 5-1(c), and S.R. 5-2(f)).

2. Blind acceptance of a report or information relied upon that was prepared by others (See S.R. 1-1(b) and S.R. 4-1(b) and E.R. 1-1 and E.R. 3-2).

3. Failure to identify reports of others and the specifics that were relied upon and failure to cite as a minimum the author, and the date of the report (See S.R. 2-3, S.R. 5-3, S.R. 2-2(g) and S.R. 5-2(f)).

4. Failure to reveal and explain each apparent discrepancy between any two opinions that were relied upon (See S.R. 2-2(h) and S.R. 5-2(g)).

5. Failure to specifically accept responsibility for any real estate appraisal or analysis opinion of another relied upon for the analysis, opinion or conclusion (See S.R. 23, S.R. 5-3, S.R. 2- 2(g) and S.R. 5-2 (f)).

6. Failure to preserve, consistent with Ethical Rule 2-7, the reports of others that have been relied upon. (Please note: Guide Notes to the Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice are an integral part of the Standards document. Guide Notes illustrate how the requirements of the Standards should be applied. They should not be considered without referring to the Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice.)


GUIDE NOTE 7

APPRAISALS OF REAL ESTATE WITH RELATED PERSONALTY


Introduction

 

Members and Affiliates of the Appraisal Institute may conduct appraisals of real property and related personality. In so doing, they are regulated by the Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (Standards). The Standards consist of two documents, the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (Uniform Standards) and the Supplemental Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (Supplemental Standards).

 

Supplemental Standard I defines appraisal to embrace opinions of various types of value (e.g., market, investment) as well as various non-value analyses and conclusions, so long as each relates to a specified interest in, or aspect of, identified real estate, and providing that the appraiser leaves no doubt whether the opinion is unbiased or biased (see Comment to S.S.R. 1-2) and otherwise adheres to the Code of Professional Ethics.

 

The Uniform Standards defines real property as "the interests, benefits, and rights inherent in the ownership of real estate." The Uniform Standards defines real estate as "an identified parcel or tract of land, including improvements, if any."

 

The word improvements is not defined by the Standards but it is generally understood to mean "anything attached to the identified land whether by nature or by human activity." For appraisal purposes, both real estate and improvements specifically exclude personality, defined here to include a) personal property, including business and trade inventories and supplies; b) non-real estate fixtures and leasehold improvements; c) net working capital and securities; and d) intangible assets.

 

The term personal property is defined narrowly by the Uniform Standards to exclude, for example, trade fixtures and intangibles. The definition is: "identifiable portable and tangible objects which are considered by the general public as being 'personal', e.g., furnishings, artwork, antiques, gems and jewelry, collectibles, machinery and equipment." S.R. 6-2(e) refers to "personal property, fixtures or intangible items that are not real property ......

 

Fixtures that are not real estate are identified as trade fixtures, domestic fixtures, and leasehold improvements. They are personality regardless of ownership, regardless of who purchased or installed the item, and regardless of how securely the item is attached to the real estate.

 

Usually, trade fixtures for business, and domestic fixtures for residences, are installed by or for occupants who at occupancy-conclusion may forfeit them, sell them, remove them, or abandon diem, depending upon 1) the lease or sale contract, 2) the contribution made where installed, 3) their investment value to the departing occupant, 4) custom, and 5) other considerations. For example, in a plumbing contractor's establishment, there may be three categories of toilets: those used by the staff and customers are fixtures, i.e., real estate; those on display, built into model bathroom * s, are trade fixtures, i.e., real estate related personality; and those in the rear storage area available for delivery to, and installation in, customers' buildings (where, when affixed, they will then become part of the real estate) are inventory, i.e., personality that is not yet related to any real estate. Leasehold items differ physically from trade/domestic fixtures in that they are constructed on site rather than merely installed (or modified and installed). For example, a tavern's bar might be constructed on the premises whereas the bar stools would merely be trade fixtures.

 

Adopted by the Board of Directors and effective January 1, 1991 D-17 installed as delivered. Such distinctions are not useful in the appraisal analysis, although a client may have some other justification for differentiation.

 

Local custom regarding whether an item is considered to be realty or personality is of great importance regarding carelessly drafted purchase contracts. For example, where the contract is silent, a dwelling's refrigerator would be conveyed as realty in some jurisdictions but would not in other jurisdictions. The nearby table lamp, which is affixed to the real estate in exactly the same manner as is the refrigerator (by electric plug), is not real estate in any jurisdiction. Other personality items in dwellings may include fireplace inserts, window treatments, and satellite dishes.

 

A securely affixed item, nominally personality, may revert to realty at occupancy termination, if its relocation requires prohibitively expensive damage to itself (e.g., partitioning) or to the building in which it is located (e.g., a wall safe). The value contribution at that time may be negative or positive, depending upon the nature of the item and demand for it at its location.

 

Most single-family dwellings, factories, amusement facilities, farms, and ecclesiastical properties, and many office and retail buildings, are appraised to include some affixed tangible personality (e.g., bookshelves, carpet). But, often, some items of affixed personality are to be removed (or separately sold) by the grantor and should be excluded from the appraisal opinion. In all such cases, specificity is necessary. It is of great importance to the appraiser whether, for example, the gas range, the leaded stained glass window, and the dining room light fixtures are to be included in, or excluded from, the appraisal opinion. On the other hand, the contributory value of these items in no way depends upon whether each or any of the items is legally realty or personality

 

In those cases in which the function of the appraisal assignment is related to some types of government activity, such as ad valorem real estate taxation, or eminent domain, the appraiser may be instructed to "exclude all personality" In those cases, the appraiser should either know how to comply, or find out how to comply with this legal instruction.

 

Net working capital is the sum of liquid assets less short-term liabilities. Depending on the enterprise being appraised, net working capital may include cash, marketable securities and liquid supplies less current liabilities such as accounts payable and short term loans.

 

Intangibles can be realty or personality and should be specifically included or excluded from an appraisal depending upon the nature of the assignment and the client's reasonable (and reported) explicit or implicit instructions. An easement is an example of intangible realty, whereas an alcoholic beverage license is an example of intangible personality An option to lease or to buy real estate may have intangible aspects, but options are usually held to be realty rights.

 

Patence and goodwill are invariably considered to be personality.

Usually, a condominium interest is thought to be real estate, whereas a cooperative share without the accompanying leasehold interest is considered to be personality

 

The Appraisal Institute regulates the appraisals and the resulting written and oral reports, of its Members and Affiliates, when of real estate and related tangible and intangible personality, by requiring compliance with its Standards and with its Code of Professional Ethics. The Appraisal Institute does not regulate its Members' and Affiliates' appraisal activity regarding 1) non-realty related personal property (i.e. tangible and portable, e.g., artwork, furniture), and 2) business equity shares (as defined in ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS APPLICABLE TO STANDARDS 9 & 10), by requiring compliance with any of the Standards unless an appraisal of real property is involved. Compliance with the Code of Professional Ethics, however, is required regarding all Member/Affiliate business activities unless compliance would result in an inequitable result or is contrary to public policy or law.

 

When formulating an appraisal, Members and Affiliates are required by S.R. 1-2(e) to "identify and consider any personal property, fixtures, or intangible items that are not real property but are included in the appraisal." S.R. 6-2(e) makes the same requirement regarding mass appraisals. S.R. 21 (a) and (b), and S.R. 2-2(f), (h), and (i), and the Code of Professional Ethics, taken together, require that the identification and consideration be clearly reported in a non-misleading manner.


Basis for Proper Evaluation

 

For each appraisal, the appraiser should identify and consider any personal property, fixtures, or intangible items that are not real property but are included in the appraisal (S.R.

 

Personality that is related to real estate ' e, and which is to be included in an appraisal opinion, should be identified and described in the appraisal report.

 

For many appraisal opinions (feasibility, market rent, investment value, etc.), a determination of the highest and best use of the personality is necessary. The major use deteriorations are 1) identify which, if any, personality items should remain on site, as is; 2) identify which, if any, personality items make a greater contribution for off-site use (when considering marketing and removal expenses); 3) identify which off-site use items should be sold as salvage (re-used for the designed function; sold intact) and which as scrap (re-used for parts or materials, or discarded; permitting dismantling and destruction); and 4) identify which, if any, personality items make a greater contribution for on-site relocation (when considering relocation expenses).

 

Often, a determination is necessary regarding the degree of physical deterioration and design obsolescence, if any, that afflicts the personality items. A determination regarding the remaining economic life of the building(s) with which the related personality is associated (which is often a function of increasing land value) may be helpful inasmuch as the on-site utility of personality is limited to that of the building to which it contributes. There may be instances in which the nature of the business operation extends the economic life of the building.

 

If, in related personality cases, the appraiser predicates the opinion on an enhanced physical or functional condition because of an assumption of repairs, replacements, etc., the assumption should be reported.

 

Some kinds of related personality may be leased, other kinds may be purchased, and still other kinds may be assembled or constructed. Typical appraisal approaches may be employed (i.e., income, sales, cost). The principles of consistent use and contribution should be observed.

 

If the appraisal opinion is to include personality that is either superior or inferior to that typically found in competing properties, allowance for the difference, on a contributory basis, should be considered in whatever procedures are appropriate to appraise the real estate and its related personality

 

If the appraisal opinion is to omit personality that is integral to operating the real estate for its highest and best use, then comparable sale adjustments, cost summations, and income stream analyses should reflect that fact.

 

In developing a business assets appraisal (which may include intangible resources see ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS APPLICABLE TO STANDARDS 9 & 10), the appraiser must consider whether such assets are meant to be appraised as part of a going concern or as separate assets (S.R. 9-2(b)(ii)).

 

If an eminent domain condemns or orders a market value appraisal of "real estate only" when the appraised building is improved with personality (e.g. trade fixtures) or occupied by personality (e.g., original furnishings in a historic dwelling), the contribution of which is greater for on-site use than for off-site use, then the appraiser must 1) set forth the client instruction in any oral or written appraisal report (S.R. 2-1 (Q) and 2) determine whether the value diminution to the personality should also be estimated and reported lest the appraisal mislead those who are to determine just compensation (S.R. 21 (a)).

Unacceptable Practices

 

1. To fail to identify, consider, and report the description of items of related personality, and unrelated personality, which are included in the appraisal

(S.R. 1-2(e) and S.R. 8-2(a)).

To depart from the principles of consistent use and contribution when appraising the included personality (S.R. 14(e)).

3. To develop an appraisal of real estate and related personality without adequate knowledge, or without employing proper procedures (S.R. I - I (a) and S.R. 7-1 (a)).
[Please Note: Guide Notes to the Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice are an integral part of the Standards document. Guide Notes illustrate how the requirements of the Standards should be applied. They should not be considered without referring to the Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice.]


GUIDE NOTE 8


THE CONSIDERATION OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES IN THE APPRAISAL PROCESS


Introduction

 

The consideration of environmental forces along with social, economic and governmental forces is fundamental to the appraisal of real estate. Although appraisal literature has long recognized environmental forces as major determinants of value, the focus has been on the consideration of climatic conditions, topography and soil, the surrounding neighborhood, accessibility, and proximity to points of attraction. These environmental forces are readily apparent to a member of the general public who is not specifically trained as an expert in observing these forces. There is, however, a growing need to give special consideration to the impact of hazardous substances on the valuation of real property.

 

The growing need to consider hazardous substances is a recent trend stemming from the creation and identification of new hazards, recent federal and state legislation enacted to control and place responsibility for these hazards and an increasing public awareness of the problems resulting from these hazards.

 

The presence of hazardous substances on a property can significantly impact value. In some cases the property may have a "negative" value as the clean-up cost could be greater than the property value after clean up.

 

For the purpose of this guide note the term "hazardous substances" covers any material within, around or near a property that may have a negative effect on its value. Accordingly, the principles discussed in this guide note apply equally to hazards that may be contained within the property such as friable,asbestos and external hazards such as toxic waste or contaminated ground water.

 

The purpose of this guide note is to provide guidance in the application of the Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice to the appraisal of real estate affected by hazardous substances and, in particular, to the consideration of such hazards in the appraisal process. It is not the purpose of this guide note to provide technical instructions or explanations concerning the detection or measurement of hazardous substances.


Basis for Proper Evaluation

 

The Competency Provision of the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice requires the appraiser to either (1) have the knowledge and experience necessary to complete a specific appraisal assignment competently or (2) disclose the appraiser's lack of knowledge or experience to the client and take all steps necessary or appropriate to complete the assignment competently.

 

The Competency Provision is of particular importance in the appraisal of real property that may be affected by hazardous substances. The typical appraiser does not have the knowledge or experience required to detect the presence of hazardous substances or to measure the quantities of such material. The appraiser, like the buyers and sellers in the open market, typically relies on the advice of others in matters that require special expertise.

 

There is nothing to prevent a professional appraiser from becoming an expert in other fields, but the typical real estate appraiser is neither required, nor expected, to be an expert in the special field of hazardous substances. This guide note therefore addresses the problem of hazardous substances from the viewpoint of the typical appraiser who is not qualified to detect or measure hazardous materials.

 

Adopted by the Board of Directors and effective January 1, 1991

 

D-21

 

For an appraisal which accounts for the effects on value of hazardous substances, the typical appraiser would require the professional assistance of others. For an appraisal with no separate accounting for the possible effects on value of known hazardous substances, the typical appraiser would not require the professional assistance of others. These alternatives are further discussed below.

 

The appraiser may accept an assignment involving the consideration of hazardous substances without having the required knowledge and experience in this special field, provided the appraiser discloses such lack of knowledge and experience to the client prior to acceptance of the assignment and arranges to complete the assignment competently. This may require association with others who possess the required knowledge and experience or reliance on professional reports prepared by others who are reasonably believed to have the necessary knowledge and experience. If the appraiser draws conclusions based upon the advice or findings of others, the appraiser must believe that the advice or findings are made by persons who are licensed, certified or otherwise properly qualified. (See Guide Note 6, Reliance on Information or Reports Prepared by Others.) It is suggested that the client choose and hire any qualified environmental professionals.

 

In developing an appraisal based in part on the findings of others with respect to the existence of, and the effects of, hazardous substances, the appraiser must correctly employ those recognized methods and techniques that are necessary to produce a credible appraisal. The loss of value attributable to hazardous substances is generally measurable using the same methods and techniques that are used to measure depreciation from other causes. However, in some cases even environmental professionals cannot agree on the level of clean up required, the appropriate method of that clean up, or the cost.

 

The appraiser is cautioned that the value of a property impacted by environmental hazards may not be measurable simply by deducting the apparent costs or losses from the total value, as if "clean." The possibility of other changes affecting value, such as a change in highest and best use or even the marketability, should be considered.

 

S.R. 2-3, S.R. 5-3 and S.S.R. 1-2 require the appraiser to include, with each written report, a certification that states the name of each individual providing significant professional assistance, Accordingly, environmental engineers, inspectors and other professionals who prepare reports, furnish advice or make findings that are used in the appraisal process must be named on the certificate.

 

Under the Departure Provision, the appraiser may accept an assignment that would exclude the consideration of hazardous substances, provided that: the resulting appraisal is not misleading; the client has been advised of the limitation; and the report is qualified to reflect this limitation.

 

When there are no known hazardous substances it is recommended, as a matter of standard practice, for the appraiser to issue a disclaimer or limiting condition to the effect that the appraisal is predicated on the assumption that hazardous substances do not exist. No property can be assumed to be uncontaminated. If the property being appraised is not known' to be affected by hazardous substances and there is no reason to believe that it may be so affected, the issuance of such a disclaimer or limiting condition would not be considered to limit the scope of the appraisal. If the property being appraised is known to be affected by hazardous substances, or if there is reason to believe that it may be so affected, the appraiser cannot exclude the consideration of such materials without limiting the scope of the appraisal. In such appraisals, the appraiser must take great care to make sure that the limitation is not misleading.

 

If a property is known to be affected by hazardous substances, or if there is reason to believe that a property may be so affected, it may serve a valid and useful purpose to obtain an appraisal of the property, excluding the consideration of hazardous substances. Such an appraisal could be required as the logical starting point in a study of the impact of hazardous

 

1. Knowledge is being defined here to mean obvious to the untrained person or specifically communicated through a reasonably reliable source. substances or in connection with legal proceedings. Whatever the purpose, such an appraisal must be properly qualified to prevent its misuse. The valuation of property, as if unaffected by hazards that are known to be present or are suspected of being present, would be predicated on an extraordinary assumption and therefore subject to S.R. 2- 1 (c) without exception. S.R. 2- 1 (c) requires that each written or oral real estate appraisal report must clearly and accurately disclose any extraordinary assumption or limiting condition that directly affects the appraisal and indicate its impact on value. Similarly, S.R. 2-2(k) requires that the report clearly identify and explain any permitted departures from the regular requirements.

 

In limited assignments such as discussed above, the requirements of the Departure Provision, S.R. 2-1(c) and S.R.2-2(k) may be satisfied by including a suitable disclosure or limiting condition, an appropriate statement of purpose and properly qualified conclusions in the report. For purposes of illustration, assume that a property known to contain friable asbestos is to be appraised in accordance with the client's instructions, as if unaffected by asbestos. The report for such an appraisal would require a limiting condition, an appropriate statement of purpose andqualified conclusions similar in content to the following example

 

In accordance with the client's instructions, the estimated value reported herein reflects the total value of the subject property, as if unaffected by asbestos. It is reported that asbestos is present within the subject property. The presence of asbestos may have a negative influence on the value of the subject property, but the consideration of the effects of asbestos on the value of the subject property is beyond the purpose and scope of this appraisal. The appraiser cautions against the use of this appraisal without knowledge of the intended purpose and limited scope of the appraisal

 

In addition to an appropriate limiting condition such as shown above, there should be an appropriate statement of purpose and the conclusion should be properly qualified, as illustrated below.

 

The purpose of this appraisal is to estimate the market value of the subject property, as if unaffected by asbestos, as of January 1, 19XX

 

The appraiser's final opinion of the market value of the subject property, as if unaffected by asbestos, as of January 1, 19XX is therefore $XX,XXXXXX.

 

The limiting condition(s) should be stated in the letter of transmittal, if any, the body of the report, and whenever the report conclusion is stated.


Standard Disclaimers and Statements of Limiting Conditions

 

As previously mentioned, it is recommended practice, even in the appraisal of property where there is no reason to believe that the property is affected by hazardous substances, to include a standard disclaimer or statement of limiting conditions that pertains specifically to hazardous substances in the appraisal report. Such statements are riot required by the Standards of Professional Practice, and they are not intended to limit the scope of the appraisal to something less than would otherwise be required. Rather, they are intended to clarify the normal limits of the appraisal, disclose the appraiser's lack of expertise with respect to hazardous substances, and disclaim the appraiser's responsibility for matters beyond the appraiser's level of expertise.

 

The following example is offered for illustration only.

 

Unless otherwise stated in this report, the existence of hazardous substances, including without limitation asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, petroleum leakage, or agricultural chemicals, which may or may not be present on the property, or other environmental conditions, were not called to the attention of nor did the appraiser become aware of such during the appraiser's inspection. The appraiser has no knowledge of the existence of such materials on or in the property unless otherwise stated. The appraiser, however, is not qualified to test such substances or conditions. If the presence of such substances, such as asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, or other hazardous substances or environmental conditions, may affect the value of the property, the value estimated is predicated on the assumption that there is no such condition -on or in the property or in such proximity thereto that it would cause a loss in value. No responsibility is assumed for any such conditions, nor for any expertise or engineering knowledge required to discover them.

 

There is no suggestion that the preceding statement or any other disclaimer or limiting condition would be appropriate in all jurisdictions and circumstances. Appraisers are advised to consult their own legal counsel for assistance in developing individualized language for limiting conditions statements. Such statements may be considered in determining the extent of the appraiser's liability, if any, in connection with hazardous substances, and in determining whether the appraiser is eligible for errors and omissions liability insurance in connection with appraisals involving the consideration of hazardous substances.

 

The appraiser should note in the report any condition that is observed during the inspection of the subject property or becomes known to the appraiser through the normal research involved in performing the appraisal which would lead the appraise ~ to believe that hazardous substances may be present in or on the subject property, or is at variance with information or descriptions provided by others.

Unacceptable Practices

 

In the appraisal of property that requires the consideration of hazardous substances, but where the appraiser does not have the knowledge or experience required to detect the presence of such hazards or to measure the quantities of such hazards, the following practices are unacceptable.

 

I . Failure to disclose to the client the appraiser's lack of knowledge and experience with respect to the detection and measurement of hazardous substances (See Competency Provision).

 

2. Failure to take the necessary steps to complete the assignment competently such as personal study by the appraiser, association with another appraiser who has the required knowledge and experience or obtaining the professional assistance of others who possess the required knowledge and experience (See Competency Provision).

In the appraisal of property that is affected by hazardous substances, but where the purpose of the appraisal is to estimate value as if unaffected by hazardous substances, the following practice is unacceptable.

 

3. Failure to include in the report a qualification that reflects the limited scope of the appraisal, a limiting condition that clearly reveals the fact that the property is ap praised as if unaffected by hazardous substances, an appropriate statement of purpose and properly qualified conclusions (See Departure Provision, S.R. 2- 1 (c) and S.R. 2-2(k)).

 

4. Failure to report known hazardous substances affecting the property (See S.R. 2- 1 (b) and S.R. 2-2(c)).

In the appraisal of property affected by hazardous substances, if the appraiser relies upon the findings of other professionals with respect to the presence of, and the probable effects of, hazardous substances, the following practice is unacceptable.

 

5. Failure to acknowledge the professional assistance of others and to name the persons providing the assistance in the certificate (See S.R. 2-3, S.R. 5-3 and S.S.R.
1-2). [Please note: Guide Notes to the Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice are an integral part of the Standards document. Guide Notes illustrate how the requirements of the Standards should be applied. They should not be considered without referring to the Standards of
Professional Practice.] D-24

ASA Code of Ethics (Link Only)

Organization: American Sociological Association Visit Organization Page
Source: Code of Ethics Visit Source Page
Date Approved: 
1999

Disclaimer: Please note the codes in our collection might not necessarily be the most recent versions. Please contact the individual organizations or their websites to verify if a more recent or updated code of ethics is available. CSEP does not hold copyright on any of the codes of ethics in our collection. Any permission to use the codes must be sought from the individual organizations directly.

ASA Code of Ethics

Due to copyright limitations, please find the full text of the American Sociological Association's code of ethics off their home web site.

Code of Ethics (Undated)

Organization: American College of Nurse-Midwives Visit Organization Page
Source: CSEP Library Visit Source Page
Date Approved: 
Undated

Disclaimer: Please note the codes in our collection might not necessarily be the most recent versions. Please contact the individual organizations or their websites to verify if a more recent or updated code of ethics is available. CSEP does not hold copyright on any of the codes of ethics in our collection. Any permission to use the codes must be sought from the individual organizations directly.

Code of Ethics

Code of Ethics

 

A Certified Nurse-Midwife has professional moral obligations. The purpose of this code is to identify obligations which guide the nurse-midwife in the practice of nurse-midwifery. This code further serves to clarify the expectations of the profession to consumers, the public, other professionals and to potential practitioners.

 

1. Nurse-midwifery exists for the good of women and their families. This good is safeguarded by practice in accordance with the ACNM Philosophy and ACNM Standards for the Practice of Nurse-Midwifery.

 

2. Nurse-midwives uphold the belief that childbearing and maturation are normal life processes. When intervention is indicated, it is integrated into care in a way that preserves the dignity of the woman and her family.

 

3. Decisions regarding nurse-midwifery care require client participation in an ongoing negotiation process in order to develop a safe plan of care. This process considers cultural diversity, individual autonomy, and legal responsibilities.

 

4. Nurse-midwives share professional information with their clients that leads to informed participation and consent. This sharing is done without coercion, or deception.

 

5. Nurse-midwives practice competently. They consult and refer when indicated by their professional scope of practice and/or personal limitations.

 

6. Nurse-midwives provide care without discrimination based on race, religion, life-style, sexual orientation, socio-economic status or nature of health problem.

 

7. Nurse-midwives maintain confidentiality except when there is a clear, serious and immediate danger or when mandated by law.

 

8. Nurse-midwives take appropriate action to protect clients from harm when endangered by incompetent or unethical practices. 9. Nurse-midwives interact respectfully with the people with whom they work and practice.

 

10. Nurse-midwives participate in developing and improving the care of women and families through supporting the profession of nurse-midwifery, research, and the education of nurse-midwifery students and nurse-midwives.

 

11. Nurse-midwives promote community, state, and national efforts such as public education and legislation, to ensure access to quality care and to meet the health needs of women and their families.

Code of Ethics (Undated)

Organization: American Association of Agricultural and Biological Engineers Visit Organization Page
Source: CSEP Library Visit Source Page

Disclaimer: Please note the codes in our collection might not necessarily be the most recent versions. Please contact the individual organizations or their websites to verify if a more recent or updated code of ethics is available. CSEP does not hold copyright on any of the codes of ethics in our collection. Any permission to use the codes must be sought from the individual organizations directly.

Code of Ethics of Engineers

Engineers uphold and advance the integrity, honor and dignity of the engineering profession by:

  1. using their knowledge and skill for the enhancement of human welfare;
  2. being honest and impartial, and serving with fidelity the public, their employers and clients;
  3. striving to increase the competence and prestige of the engineering profession; and
  4. supporting the professional and technical societies of their disciplines.


THE FUNDAMENTAL CANONS

  1. Engineers shall hold paramount the safety, health and welfare of the public in the performance of their professional duties.
  2. Engineers shall perform services only in the areas of their competence.
  3. Engineers shall issue public statements only in an objective and truthful manner.
  4. Engineers shall act in professional matters for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees, and shall avoid conflicts of interest.
  5. Engineers shall build their professional reputation on the merit of their services and shall not compete unfairly with others.
  6. Engineers shall act in such a manner as to uphold and enhance the honor, integrity, and dignity of the profession.
  7. Engineers shall continue their professional development throughout their careers and shall provide opportunities for the professional development of those engineers under their supervision.


SUGGESTED GUIDELINES FOR USE WITH THE FUNDAMENTAL CANONS OF ETHICS

1. Engineers shall hold paramount the safety, health and welfare of the public in the performance of their professional duties.

a.    Engineers shall recognize that the lives, safety, health and welfare of the general public are dependent upon engineering judgments, decisions and practices incorporated into structures, machines, products, processes and devices.

b.   Engineers shall not approve nor seal plans and/or specifications that are not of a design safe to the public health and welfare and in conformity with accepted engineering standards.

c.   Should the Engineers' professional judgement be overruled under circumstances where the safety, health, and welfare of the public are endangered, the Engineers shall inform their clients or employers of the possible consequences and notify other proper authority of the situation, as may be appropriate.

(c.1)  Engineers shall do whatever possible to provide published standards, test codes and quality control procedures that will enable the public to understand the degree of safety or life expectancy associated with the use of the design, products and systems for which they are responsible.

(c.2) Engineers will conduct reviews of the safety and reliability of the design, products or systems for which they are responsible before giving their approval to the plans for the design.

(c.3) Should Engineers observe conditions which they believe will endanger public safety or health, they shall inform the proper authority of the situation.

d.    Should Engineers have knowledge or reason to believe that another person or firm may be in violation of any of the provisions of these Guidelines, they shall present such information to the proper authority in writing and shall cooperate with the proper authority in furnishing such further information or assistance as may be required.

(d.1) They shall advise proper authority if an adequate review of the safety and reliability of the products or systems has not been made or when the design imposes hazards to the public through its use.

(d.2)They shall withhold approval of products or systems when changes or modifications are made which would affect adversely their performance insofar as safety and reliability are concerned.

e.    Engineers should seek opportunities to be of constructive service in civic affairs and work for the advancement of the safety, health and well-being of their communities.

f.     Engineers should be committed to improving the environment to enhance the quality of life.

 

2.   Engineers shall perform services only in areas of their competence.

a.    Engineers shall undertake to perform engineering assignments only when qualified by education or experience in the specific technical field of engineering involved.

b.    Engineers may accept an assignment requiring education or experience outside of their own fields of competence, but only to the extent that their services are restricted to those phases of the project in which they are qualified. All other phases of such project shall be performed by qualified associates, consultants, or employees.

c.     Engineers shall not affix their signatures and/or seals to any engineering plan or document dealing with subject matter in which they lack competence by virtue of education or experience, nor to any such plan or document not prepared under their direct supervisory control.

 

3.   Engineers shall issue public statements only in an objective and truthful manner.

a.    Engineers shall endeavor to extend public knowledge, and to prevent misunderstandings of the achievements of engineering.

b.     Engineers shall be completely objective and truthful in all professional reports, statements, or testimony. They shall include all relevant and pertinent information in such reports, statements, or testimony.

c.     Engineers, when serving as expert or technical witnesses before any court, commission, or other tribunal, shall express an engineering opinion only when it is founded upon adequate knowledge of the facts in issue, upon a background of technical competence in the subject matter, and upon honest conviction of the accuracy and propriety of their testimony.

d.    Engineers shall issue no statements, criticisms, nor arguments on engineering matters which are inspired or paid for by an interested party, or parties, unless they have prefaced their comments by explicitly identifying themselves, by disclosing the identities of the party or parties on whose behalf they are speaking, and by revealing the existence of any pecuniary interest they may have in the instant matters.

e.     Engineers shall be dignified and modest in explaining their work and merit, and will avoid any act tending to promote their own interests at the expense of the integrity, honor and dignity of the profession.

 

4.  Engineers shall act in professional matters for each employer or client as faithful agents or trustees, and shall avoid conflicts of interest.

a.  Engineers shall avoid all known conflicts of interest with their employers or clients and shall promptly inform their employers or clients of any business association, interests, or circumstances which could influence their judgment or the quality of their services.

b.     Engineers shall not knowingly undertake any assignments which would knowingly create a potential conflict of interest between themselves and their clients or their employers.

c.     Engineers shall not accept compensation, financial or otherwise, from more than one party for services on the same project, nor for services pertaining to the same project, unless the circumstances are fully disclosed to, and agreed to, by all interested parties.

d.     Engineers shall not solicit nor accept financial or other valuable considerations, including free engineering designs, from material or equipment suppliers for specifying their products.

e.     Engineers shall not solicit nor accept gratuities, directly or indirectly, from contractors, their agents, or other parties dealing with their clients or employers in connection with work for which they are responsible.

f.      When in public service as members, advisors, or employees of a governmental body or department, Engineers shall not participate in considerations or actions with respect to services provided by them or their organization in private or product engineering practice.

g.     Engineers shall not solicit nor accept an engineering contract from a governmental body on which a principal, officer or employee of their organization serves as a member.

h.     When, as a result of their studies, Engineers believe a project will not be successful, they shall so advise their employer or client.

i.      Engineers shall treat information coming to them in the course of their assignments as confidential, and shall not use such information as a means of making personal profit if such action is adverse to the interests of their clients, their employers, or the public.

(i.1)They will not disclose confidential information concerning the business affairs or technical processes of any present or former employer or client or bidder under evaluation, without his consent.

(i.2)They shall not reveal confidential information nor findings of any commission or board of which they are members.

(i.3)When they use designs supplied to them by clients, these designs shall not be duplicated by the Engineers for others without express permission.

(i.4)While in the employ of others, Engineers will not enter promotional efforts or negotiations for work or make arrangements for other employment as principals or to practice in connection with specific projects for which they have gained particular and specialized knowledge without the consent of all interested parties.

j.      The Engineer shall act with fairness and justice to all parties when administering a construction (or other) contract.

k.      Before undertaking work for others in which Engineers may make improvements, plans, designs, inventions, or other records which may justify copyrights or patents, they shall enter into a positive agreement regarding ownership.

l.       Engineers shall admit and accept their own errors when proven wrong and refrain from distorting or altering the facts to justify their decisions.

m.    Engineers shall not accept professional employment outside of their regular work or interest without the knowledge of their employers.

n.      Engineers shall not attempt to attract an employee from another employer by false or misleading representations.

o.      Engineers shall not review the work of other Engineers except with the knowledge of such Engineers, or unless the assignments/ or contractual agreements for the work have been terminated.

(o.1)Engineers in governmental, industrial or educational employment are entitled to review and evaluate the work of other engineers when so required by their duties.

(o.2)Engineers in sales or industrial employment are entitled to make engineering comparisons of their products with products of other suppliers.

(o.3)Engineers in sales employment shall not offer nor give engineering consultation or designs or advice other than specifically applying to equipment, materials or systems being sold or offered for sale by them.

 

5.     Engineers shall build their professional reputation on the merit of their services and shall not compete unfairly with others.

a.      Engineers shall not pay nor offer to pay, either directly or indirectly, any commission, political contribution, or a gift, or other consideration in order to secure work, exclusive of securing salaried positions through employment agencies.

b.     Engineers should negotiate contracts for professional services fairly and only on the basis of demonstrated competence and qualifications for the type of professional service required.

c.       Engineers should negotiate a method and rate of compensation commensurate with the agreed upon scope of services. A meeting of the minds of the parties to the contract is essential to mutual confidence. The public interest requires that the cost of engineering services be fair and reasonable, but not the controlling consideration in selection of individuals or firms to provide these services.

(c.1)These principles shall be applied by Engineers in obtaining the services of other professionals.

d.     Engineers shall not attempt to supplant other Engineers in a particular employment after becoming aware that definite steps have been taken toward the others' employment or after they have been employed.

(d.1)They shall not solicit employment from clients who already have Engineers under contract for the same work.

(d.2)They shall not accept employment from clients who already have Engineers for the same work not yet completed or not yet paid for unless the performance or payment requirements in the contract are being litigated or the contracted Engineers' services have been terminated in writing by either party.

(d.3)In case of termination of litigation, the prospective Engineers before accepting the assignment shall advise the Engineers being terminated or involved in litigation.

e.     Engineers shall not request, propose nor accept professional commissions on a contingent basis under circumstances under which their professional judgements may be compromised, or when a contingency provision is used as a device for promoting or securing a professional commission.

f.      Engineers shall not falsify nor permit misrepresentation of their, or their associates', academic or professional qualifications. They shall not misrepresent nor exaggerate their degree of responsibility in or for the subject matter of prior assignments. Brochures or other presentations incident to the solicitation of employment shall not misrepresent pertinent facts concerning employers, employees, associates, joint ventures, or their past accomplishments with the intent and purpose of enhancing their qualifications and work.

g.    Engineers may advertise professional services only as a means of identification and limited to the following:

(g.1)Professional cards and listings in recognized and dignified publications, provided they are consistent in size and are in a section of the publication regularly devoted to such professional cards and listings. The information displayed must be restricted to firm name, address, telephone number, appropriate symbol, names of principal participants and the fields of practice in which the firm is qualified.

(g.2)Signs on equipment, offices and at the site of projects for which they render services, limited to firm name, address, telephone number and types of services, as appropriate.

(g.3)Brochures, business cards, letterheads and other factual representations of experience, facilities, personnel and capacity to render service, providing the same are not misleading relative to the extent of participation in the projects cited and are not indiscriminately distributed.

(g.4)Listings in the classified section of telephone directories, limited to name, address, telephone number and specialties in which the firm is qualified without resorting to special or bold type.

h.     Engineers may use display advertising in recognized dignified business and professional publications, providing it is factual, and relates only to engineering, is free from ostentation, contains no laudatory expressions or implication, is not misleading with respect to the Engineers' extent of participation in the services or projects described.

i.       Engineers may prepare articles for the lay or technical press which are factual, dignified and free from ostentations or laudatory implications. Such articles shall not imply other than their direct participation in the work described unless credit is given to others for their share of the work.

j.       Engineers may extend permission for their names to be used in commercial advertisements, such as may be published by manufacturers, contractors, material suppliers, etc., only by means of a modest dignified notation acknowledging their participation and the scope thereof in the project or product described. Such permission shall not include public endorsement of proprietary products.

k.      Engineers may advertise for recruitment of personnel in appropriate publications or by special distribution. The information presented must be displayed in a dignified manner, restricted to firm name, address, telephone number, appropriate symbol, names of principal participants, the fields of practice in which the firm is qualified and factual descriptions of positions available, qualifications required and benefits available.

l.       Engineers shall not enter competitions for designs for the purpose of obtaining commissions for specific projects, unless provision is made for reasonable compensation for all designs submitted.

m.    Engineers shall not maliciously or falsely, directly or indirectly, injure the professional reputation, prospects, practice or employment of another engineer, nor shall they indiscriminately criticize another's work.

n.     Engineers shall not undertake nor agree to perform any engineering service on a free basis, except professional services which are advisory in nature for civic, charitable, religious or non-profit organizations. When serving as members of such organizations, engineers are entitled to utilize their personal engineering knowledge in the service of these organizations.

Engineers shall not use equipment, supplies, laboratory nor office facilities of their employers to carry on outside private practice without consent.

o.     In case of tax-free or tax-aided facilities, engineers should not use student services at less than rates of other employees of comparable competence, including fringe benefits.

 

6.     Engineers shall act in such a manner as to uphold and enhance the honor, integrity, and dignity of the profession.

a.      Engineers shall not knowingly associate with nor permit the use of their names nor firm names in business ventures by any person or firm which they know, or have reason to believe, are engaging in business or professional practices of a fraudulent or dishonest nature.

b.     Engineers shall not use association with non-engineers, corporations, nor partnerships as 'cloaks' for unethical acts.

 

7.     Engineers shall continue their professional development throughout their careers, and shall provide opportunities for the professional development of those engineers under their supervision.

a.     Engineers shall encourage their engineering employees to further their education.

b.     Engineers should encourage their engineering employees to become registered at the earliest possible date.

c.      Engineers should encourage engineering employees to attend and present papers at professional and technical society meetings.

d.     Engineers should support the professional and technical societies of their disciplines.

e.     Engineers shall give proper credit for engineering work to those to whom credit is due, and recognize the proprietary interests of others. Whenever possible, they shall name the person or persons who may be responsible for designs, inventions, writings or other accomplishments.

f.       Engineers shall endeavor to extend the public knowledge of engineering, and shall not participate in the dissemination of untrue, unfair or exaggerated statements regarding engineering.

g.     Engineers shall uphold the principle of appropriate and adequate compensation for those engaged in engineering work.

h.     Engineers should assign professional engineers duties of a nature which will utilize their full training and experience insofar as possible, and delegate lesser functions to subprofessionals or to technicians.

i.       Engineers shall provide prospective engineering employees with complete information on working conditions and their proposed status of employment, and after employment shall keep them informed of any changes.

ARTICLE B15, LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

Par. 1 No Trustee, Officer, Employee, Committee Member or other agent appointed by the Trustees of the Society shall incur any personal liability for any acts, omissions or errors in such capacity except for his or her own negligent or willful misconduct. No person shall be liable for the acts, neglect, default, omissions, and errors or misconduct of any fellow trustee, officer, employee, committee member or other agent of the Society in which he or she has not participated, concurred or acquiesced. No person dealing with the Society shall be obliged to see to the application of any money or other property contributed, loaned or otherwise paid or delivered to the Society.

Par. 2 Each Trustee shall be a Volunteer Director as defined in Michigan Law Section 110(2) of 1982 P.A. 162, as amended, and, as such, shall not receive anything of value from the Corporation for serving as a Trustee other than reasonable per diem compensation and reimbursement for actual, reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by a Trustee in his or her capacity as a Trustee.

Par. 3 A Volunteer Trustee of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its members for monetary damages for a breach of the Trustee's fiduciary duty. This provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a Trustee for any of the following:

  1. A breach of the Trustee's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its members.
  2. Acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law.
  3. A violation of Section 551(1) of said Act.
  4. A transaction from which the Trustee derived an improper personal benefit.
  5. An act or omission occurring before the date of filing of this Amendment to the Bylaws.

Par. 4 The Corporation shall assume all liability to any person other than the corporation or its members for all acts or omissions of a Volunteer Trustee occurring after the date of filing of this Amendment to the Bylaws.

Par. 5 The Society shall indemnify any Trustee, Officer, Employee, Committee Member and other agent appointed by the Trustees, or any person formerly in any of the foregoing positions, against any expense actually and necessarily incurred by him or her in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding in which he or she is made a party by reason of being or having been a Trustee, Officer, Employee, Committee Member or other agent appointed by the Trustees of the Society, except as to matters with respect to which he or she shall be adjudged to be liable for negligent or willful misconduct in the performance of his or her duties in such capacities. The Society also shall reimburse any such Trustee, Officer, Employee, Committee Member or other agent appointed by the Trustees for the reasonable costs of settlement of any such action, suit or proceeding, if prior to such settlement it shall be found by a majority of the disinterested members of the Trustees that it is in the best interest of the Society that such settlement be made and that such person was not guilty of negligent or willful misconduct in the performance of the duties which gave rise to such action, suit or proceeding. The Society may insure itself and its Trustees, Officers, Employees, Committee Members and other agents appointed by the Trustees against such risks as may be determined by the Trustees from time to time.

ARTICLE B16, AMENDMENTS

Par. 1 Prior to the closing of a ballot on an amendment to the Constitution, the President shall appoint tellers whose duty it shall be to canvass the votes cast. The terms of office of such tellers shall expire when their report of the canvass has been presented and accepted.

Par. 2 The tellers shall canvass the ballots and certify the results to the presiding officer at the meeting of the Society at which the result is to be announced.

Par. 3 At any regular meeting, the Board of Trustees may, by a two- thirds vote of its membership, enact, repeal, or amend bylaws in harmony with the Constitution, provided that such bylaws or amendments shall have been submitted in writing to each member of the Board of Trustees at least 30 days before the meeting at which action is to be taken. A bylaw or an amendment to a bylaw shall take effect immediately upon its adoption by the Board of Trustees, except that the Board may establish a transition schedule when it considers that a change in practice directed by an amendment may best be effected over a reasonable period of time. The amendment and transition schedule, if any, shall be published in writing to the membership promptly in RESOURCE magazine.

Par. 4 At any regular meeting by a majority vote of its members present, the Board of Trustees may enact, repeal, or amend Rules in harmony with the Constitution and Bylaws. A Rule or an Amendment thereto shall take effect immediately upon its adoption by the Board of Trustees and shall be published by the Executive Officer to all members of the Society.

ARTICLE R16, AMENDMENTS

Rule 1 In voting on an amendment to the Constitution, the voter shall prepare his or her ballot by checking for or against each change listed. He or she shall then enclose the ballot in an envelope and seal it, and shall enclose this envelope in a second envelope and seal it, and he or she shall then write his or her name on the outer envelope for identification.

Rule 2 The tellers shall not receive any ballot after the stated time for closure of the voting.

Rule 3 The Executive Officer shall certify to the eligibility and signature of all voters.

Rule 4 A ballot without the autographic endorsement of the voter on the outside envelope is defective and shall be rejected by the tellers.

Rule 5 Tellers shall consider a ballot as valid provided the intent of the voter is clear, and provided also that he or she conforms with the regulations for voting.